Dwgom-Gp 62-01-1

Document No.
DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Applicability DWGOM
Date Rev. 2 11 May 2012
DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Valves
(Supersedes GP 62-01)
Group Practice
DWGOM
SITE TECHNICAL PRACTICES
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Valves (Supersedes GP 62-01)
Table of Contents
Page
Foreword ........................................................................................................................................ 7
1. Scope .................................................................................................................................... 8
2. Normative references............................................................................................................. 8
3. Terms and definitions........................................................................................................... 11
4. General topics ..................................................................................................................... 12
4.1. Connection to piping ................................................................................................. 12
4.2. Construction/commissioning conditions .................................................................... 14
4.3. Maintenance considerations ..................................................................................... 15
4.4. Isolation .................................................................................................................... 18
4.5. Testing – general ...................................................................................................... 23
4.6. Specific additional tests ............................................................................................ 26
4.7. Design and stress/air considerations ........................................................................ 29
4.8. Weight/cost minimisation .......................................................................................... 31
4.9. Auxiliary connections in valve bodies ........................................................................ 32
4.10. Fugitive emissions .................................................................................................... 35
4.11. Actuation/operation................................................................................................... 37
4.12. Fire safety................................................................................................................. 42
4.13. Relief of cavity overpressure..................................................................................... 44
4.14. Valve leak detection in service.................................................................................. 44
4.15. Non-destructive examination..................................................................................... 46
4.16. Welding..................................................................................................................... 48
4.17. Weldment and casting repair .................................................................................... 49
4.18. Electrical isolation and continuity .............................................................................. 49
5. Valve type selection............................................................................................................. 49
5.1. Introduction............................................................................................................... 49
5.2. Factors affecting selection ........................................................................................ 50
5.3. Selection charts ........................................................................................................ 52
6. Service description .............................................................................................................. 54
6.1. General..................................................................................................................... 54
6.2. Clean service ............................................................................................................ 54
6.3. Dirty service .............................................................................................................. 55
6.4. Fouling/scaling service.............................................................................................. 56
6.5. Slurry service ............................................................................................................ 56
6.6. Solids........................................................................................................................ 56
6.7. Hazardous service .................................................................................................... 56
Page 2 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
6.8. Searching service ..................................................................................................... 57

6.9. Solidifying service ..................................................................................................... 57
6.10. Corrosive service ...................................................................................................... 57
6.11. Viscous service......................................................................................................... 58
6.12. Vacuum service ........................................................................................................ 59
6.13. High temperature service .......................................................................................... 59
6.14. Low temperature service (0°C to –50°C [32°F to –58°F]) .......................................... 59
6.15. Cryogenic service (below –50°C [–58°F]).................................................................. 61
6.16. Anhydrous ammonia service..................................................................................... 61
6.17. Chloride service ........................................................................................................ 61
6.18. Sour (wet H2S) service.............................................................................................. 61
6.19. Hydrogen service...................................................................................................... 62
6.20. Hydrofluoric acid service........................................................................................... 62
6.21. Wet CO2 and chlorine service ................................................................................... 62
6.22. Oxygen service ......................................................................................................... 62
7. Valve function and description ............................................................................................. 63
7.1. Isolation (block) valves.............................................................................................. 63
7.2. Valve types for prevention of flow reversal (check) ................................................. 113
8. Special valve applications.................................................................................................. 127
8.1. Shut-down valves ................................................................................................... 128
8.2. Automatic blowdown valves .................................................................................... 132
8.3. Flow diversion......................................................................................................... 133
8.4. Bellows sealed valves............................................................................................. 135
8.5. Valves for cryogenic service ................................................................................... 136
8.6. Vacuum service valves ........................................................................................... 137
8.7. Deluge service valves ............................................................................................. 137
8.8. Excess flow and slam shut valves........................................................................... 138
8.9. Dosing valves ......................................................................................................... 139
8.10. Valves associated with pig launchers/receivers ...................................................... 139
8.11. Subsea applications................................................................................................ 140
9. Seals, packings, and gaskets............................................................................................. 145
9.1. Introduction............................................................................................................. 145
9.2. Elastomer O-rings................................................................................................... 146
9.3. Polymer lip seals..................................................................................................... 147
9.4. Proprietary seal designs ......................................................................................... 148
9.5. Gland packings ....................................................................................................... 148
9.6. Chevron seals/packings.......................................................................................... 149
9.7. Diaphragm seals..................................................................................................... 149
9.8. Thrust seals ............................................................................................................ 149
9.9. Metal seals/gaskets ................................................................................................ 149
9.10. Pressure seal joint .................................................................................................. 150
Page 3 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
9.11. Metal bellows .......................................................................................................... 151

10. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 151
10.1. Pressure boundary (shell) materials........................................................................ 151
10.2. Material composition of welding end valves ............................................................ 154
10.3. Metallic valve trim materials (obturator/seat/stem) .................................................. 155
10.4. Bolting..................................................................................................................... 157
10.5. Plating..................................................................................................................... 158
10.6. Hard coating ........................................................................................................... 159
10.7. Ceramics ................................................................................................................ 159
10.8. Elastomers (rubber) and polymers (plastic)............................................................. 160
10.9. Graphite packing and seals..................................................................................... 162
10.10. Asbestos replacement materials ............................................................................. 162
10.11. Material temperature limitations .............................................................................. 163
10.12. Temporary coatings, lubricants, etc. ....................................................................... 165
11. Valve criticality rating ......................................................................................................... 165
Annex A (Informative) Glossary of valve terminology .................................................................. 166
Annex B (Informative) EEMUA recommended valve test requirements....................................... 187
Annex C (Normative) Minimum design rules for the design of valve to actuator mountings, including
valve drive train calculations .............................................................................................. 188
C.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................ 188
C.2 Load conditions.................................................................................................................. 188
C.3 Component design............................................................................................................. 188
C.3.1 Valve bonnet/top plate to body design .................................................................... 188
C.3.2 Valve top plate to actuator design ........................................................................... 189
C.3.3 Valve stem, actuator drive adapter and other cylindrical parts under torsional loads,
driven by keys or splines......................................................................................... 189
Bibliography................................................................................................................................ 191
List of Tables
Table 1 - Minimum size of valve body vent/bleed connections/valves ........................................... 22

Table 2 - Recommended seat leak rates....................................................................................... 24
Table 3 - Comparison of shell test times (minutes) ....................................................................... 25
Table 4 - Comparison of seat test times (minutes) ........................................................................ 26
Table 5 - Recommended minimum bypass size [DN (NPS)] ......................................................... 34
Table 6 - Size at which gear operator to be supplied [DN (NPS)] .................................................. 38
Table 7 - NDE requirements ......................................................................................................... 47
Table 8 - NDE of weldments ......................................................................................................... 47
Table 9 - Method to achieve valve shut-off.................................................................................... 64
Page 4 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 10 - Typical specifications (ASTM) and applications of valve shell materials..................... 153
Table 11 - ISO 10434 seating surface trim selection ................................................................... 156
Table 12 - Typical application of metallic trim materials .............................................................. 157
Table 13 - General application data for non-metallic materials.................................................... 161
Table 14 - Temperature limits of valve shell materials................................................................. 163
Table 15 - Temperature limits of metallic trim materials .............................................................. 163
Table 16 - Temperature limits of non-metallic materials .............................................................. 164
Table C-1 - Allowable stresses for components .......................................................................... 190
List of Figures
Figure 1 - Isolation arrangement ................................................................................................... 19

Figure 2 - Low pressure gas leak rate comparison........................................................................ 25
Figure 3 - Wedge gate valve (outside screw) ................................................................................ 67
Figure 4 - Flexible wedge.............................................................................................................. 68
Figure 5 - Parallel expanding gate valve ....................................................................................... 70
Figure 6 - Slab gate valve (outside screw) .................................................................................... 72
Figure 7 - Slab gate valve (internal screw) .................................................................................... 73
Figure 8 - Downstream sealing slab gate valve............................................................................. 74
Figure 9 - Upstream and downstream sealing slab gate valve ...................................................... 74
Figure 10 - Parallel slide gate valve .............................................................................................. 75
Figure 11 - Venturi pattern gate valve ........................................................................................... 77
Figure 12 - Knife-edge gate valve ................................................................................................. 78
Figure 13 - Rotary disk gate valve................................................................................................. 79
Figure 14 - FCCU gate valve ........................................................................................................ 80
Figure 15 - Floating ball valve (single piece body) ........................................................................ 82
Figure 16 - Floating ball valve (three piece body).......................................................................... 83
Figure 17 - Top entry trunnion mounted ball valve ........................................................................ 84
Figure 18 - End entry trunnion mounted ball valve ........................................................................ 86
Figure 19 - Single piston seat – pressure differential from pipe to body cavity .............................. 87
Figure 20 - Double piston seat – pressure differential from pipe to body cavity ............................. 87
Figure 21 - Double piston seat – pressure differential from body cavity to pipe)............................ 88
Figure 22 - Eccentric (Orbit) ball valve .......................................................................................... 90
Figure 23 - Butterfly valve (concentric disk, lined) ......................................................................... 93
Figure 24 - Double offset butterfly valve........................................................................................ 94
Figure 25 - Plug valve patterns (round opening, regular, venturi) .................................................. 98
Page 5 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 26 - Lubricated taper plug valve ......................................................................................... 99

Figure 27 - Pressure balanced plug valve ................................................................................... 100
Figure 28 - Sleeved plug valve.................................................................................................... 101
Figure 29 - Expanding plug valve................................................................................................ 102
Figure 30 - Wedge plug valve ..................................................................................................... 103
Figure 31 - Weir type diaphragm valve........................................................................................ 105
Figure 32 - Straight pattern diaphragm valve .............................................................................. 106
Figure 33 - Standard (straight) pattern globe valve ..................................................................... 107
Figure 34 - Oblique pattern globe valve ...................................................................................... 108
Figure 35 - Angle pattern globe valve ......................................................................................... 108
Figure 36 - Needle pattern globe valve ....................................................................................... 109
Figure 37 - Pinch valve ............................................................................................................... 110
Figure 38 - Flush bottom valve.................................................................................................... 111
Figure 39 - Lift check valve (ball type)......................................................................................... 114
Figure 40 - Lift check valve (disk type) ........................................................................................ 114
Figure 41 - Lift check valve (piston type)..................................................................................... 115
Figure 42 - Screw-down stop and check valve ............................................................................ 116
Figure 43 - Swing check valve .................................................................................................... 117
Figure 44 - Tilted disk swing check valve .................................................................................... 118
Figure 45 - Duo disk wafer check valve....................................................................................... 119
Figure 46 - Diaphragm check valve............................................................................................. 121
Figure 47 - Axial flow (nozzle) check valve ................................................................................. 122
Figure 48 - Plate check valve...................................................................................................... 123
Figure 49 - Foot valve ................................................................................................................. 124
Figure 50 - Swing check with supplementary loading.................................................................. 125
Figure 51 - Diverter globe valve .................................................................................................. 133
Figure 52 - Four-way diverter expanding plug valve.................................................................... 134
Figure 53 - Bellows seal gate valve............................................................................................. 135
Figure 54 - Cryogenic globe valve............................................................................................... 136
Figure 55 - Excess flow valve ..................................................................................................... 138
Figure 56 - Slam shut valve ........................................................................................................ 138
Figure 57 - Seal types................................................................................................................. 146
Figure 58 - Pressure seal joint .................................................................................................... 150
Page 6 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Foreword
This is a revised issue of Site Technical Practice (STP) DWGOM GP 62-01-1. Changes to the previous
version of this document are indicated by a bar in the left margin.
This Group Practice (GP) is based on parts of heritage documents from the merged BP companies as
follows:
British Petroleum
RP 62-1 Guide to Valve Selection
RP 62-2 Isolation Valve Selection Philosophy for Oil and Gas Production and
Processing
Amoco
A PN-VA-GS-E Piping—Valves—General Service—Selection Specification
A PN-VA-GS-G Piping—Valves—General Service—Selection Guide
ARCO
Std 206-98 Valve Procurement Specification
Copyright © 2012 BP International Ltd. All rights reserved.

This document and any data or information generated from its use are classified, as a
minimum, BP Internal. Distribution is intended for BP authorized recipients only. The
information contained in this document is subject to the terms and conditions of the
agreement or contract under which this document was supplied to the recipient's
organization. None of the information contained in this document shall be disclosed
outside the recipient's own organization, unless the terms of such agreement or contract
expressly allow, or unless disclosure is required by law.
In the event of a conflict between this document and a relevant law or regulation, the
relevant law or regulation shall be followed. If the document creates a higher obligation, it
shall be followed as long as this also achieves full compliance with the law or regulation.
Page 7 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
1. Scope
This Group Practice (GP) relates to common types of isolating (block), check and diverter valves for oil
and gas production facilities, refineries and petrochemical plants, both onshore and offshore, including
subsea applications. Pipeline valves are specifically addressed by GP 43-35 which is supplementary to this
document.
It excludes detailed consideration of valve actuators, modulating control valves, pressure relief valves,
choke valves, wellhead Christmas tree valves, valves for marine, road, and rail tankers, and building
services.
2. Normative references
The following normative documents contain requirements that, through reference in this text, constitute
requirements of this technical practice. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of,
any of these publications do not apply. However, parties to agreements based on this technical practice are
encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the normative documents
indicated below. For undated references, the latest edition of the normative document referred to applies.
BP
Check the DWGOM custom collection in the Engineering Technical Practice (ETP)
Library for any applicable DWGOM STPs which supersede or supplement the ETPs
listed below.
DWGOM GIS 36-0150 Stainless Steel Tubes and Fabrication Requirements for Umbilicals and
Flying Leads for Subsea Controls and Topside Applications Control Tubing
and Fittings
DWGOM GP 32-0015 Quality Management Requirements for Services, Material and New
Equipment in Manufacture -Pipework, Bulks and Valves
DWGOM GP 42-10-1 Piping Systems (ASME B31.3) (Supersedes GP 42-10)
GIS 43-352 EN ISO 14723 Subsea Pipeline Valves
DWGOM GIS 62-011-1 ISO 10434 (API 600) Wedge Type Gate Valves (DN 50 [NPS 2] to DN 600
[NPS 24]) (Supersedes GIS 62-011)
GIS 62-015 ISO 15761 (API 602) Gate, Globe, and Check Valves up to DN 50 (NPS 2)
DWGOM GIS 62-021-1 EEMUA 182 Intergral Block and Bleed Valve Manifold (Supersedes
GIS 62-021)
GN 36-001 Requirements for Alloy 718 Equipment
GN 36-016 Piping Materials Data Sheets
GN 62-003 Valve Leak Detection Using Acoustic Emission
GP 12-70 Actuators for Motor Operated Valves
GP 18-04 Manufacture of Duplex Stainless Steel Fittings and Components
GP 36-15 Materials Selection for Surface (Topsides) Equipment in Oil and Gas
Production Facilities
GP 36-25 Materials for Sour Service in Exploration and Production Operations
GP 43-35 Valves for Pipelines
GP 43-50 Pigging, Pig Launchers, and Receivers
Page 8 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
GP 44-40 Isolation of Equipment for Maintenance and Emergency
American Petroleum Institute (API)

API Spec 6A718 Specification of Nickel Base Alloy 718 (UNS N07718) for Oil and Gas
Drilling and Production Equipment
API Spec 17D Specification for Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
API Std 598 Valve Inspection and Testing
API Std 602 Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller for the
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
API Std 603 Corrosion-Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves
API Std 606 Compact Steel Gate Valves-Extended Body
API Std 607 Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
API Std 609 Butterfly Valves: Double Flanged, Lug- and Wafer-Type
API RP 941 Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in
Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

ASME B16.34 Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End
ASME B31.1 Power Piping
ASME B31.3 Process Piping
ASME BPVC, Sec IX Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Qualification Standard for
Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and
Brazing Operators
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM A105/A105M Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASTM A126 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe
Fittings
ASTM A182/A182M Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe
Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A216/A216M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion
Welding, for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A217/A217M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy,
for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A350/A350M Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring
Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components
ASTM A351A351M Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing
Parts
ASTM A352/A352M Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for
Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service
ASTM A395/A395M Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings
for Use at Elevated Temperatures
ASTM A494/A494M Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy
ASTM A564/A564M Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening
Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
Page 9 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
ASTM A744/A744M Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion

Resistant, for Severe Service
ASTM A890/A890M Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum
Corrosion-Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic/Ferritic) for General Application
ASTM A995/A995M Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex) Stainless
Steel, for Pressure-Containing Parts
ASTM B62 Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
ASTM B164 Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire
ASTM B348 Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Bars and Billets
ASTM B148 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings
ASTM B381 Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Forgings
ASTM E562 Standard Test Method for Determining Volume Fraction by Systematic
Manual Point Count
British Standards Institute (BSI)

BS 6755-2 Testing of valves, Part 2: Specification for fire type-testing requirements
Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association (EEMUA)

EEMUA Publication 153 Process piping-supplement to ASME B31.3
EEMUA Publication 182 Specification for integral block and bleed valve manifolds for direct
EEMUA Publication 192 Guide for the procurement of valves for low temperature (non-cryogenic)
service
EEMUA Publication 194 Guidelines for materials selection and corrosion control for subsea oil and
gas production equipment
Euro Norm (EN)

EN 12266-1 Industrial valves—Testing of valves, Part 1: Pressure tests, test procedures
and acceptance criteria Mandatory requirements
EN 12570 Industrial valves—Method for sizing the operating element
International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

ISO 5208 Industrial valves—Pressure testing of valves
ISO 10423 (API 6A) Petroleum and natural gas industries—Drilling and production equipment—
Wellhead and Christmas tree equipment
ISO 10432 (API 14A) Petroleum and natural gas industries—Downhole equipment—Subsurface
safety valve equipment.
ISO 10434 Bolted bonnet steel gate valves for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied
industries
ISO 10497 Testing of valves—Fire type-testing requirements
ISO 13628-4 Petroleum and natural gas industries—Design and operation of subsea
production systems—Part 4: subsea wellhead and tree equipment
ISO 14313 (API 6D) Petroleum and natural gas industries—Pipeline transportation systems—
Pipeline valves
ISO 14723 Petroleum and natural gas industries—Pipeline transportation systems—
Subsea pipeline valves
Page 10 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
ISO 15156 Petroleum and natural gas industries—Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production
ISO 15761 Steel gate, globe and check valves for sizes DN 100 and smaller, for the
petroleum and natural gas industries
ISO 15848 Industrial valves—Fugitive emissions—Measurement, test and qualification
procedures
ISO 17292 Metal ball valves for petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS)

MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings, and Other
Piping Components - Visual Method for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities
MSS SP-91 Guidelines for Manual Operation of Valves
NACE International (NACE)

NACE MR0103 Materials Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum
Refining Environments
3. Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this GP, the following terms and definitions apply:
Double block and bleed valve (DBB)

Single valve with two seating surfaces that, in the closed position, provides a seal against pressure from
both ends of the valve with a means of venting/bleeding the cavity between the seating surfaces.
Note: This valve does not provide positive double isolation when only
one side is under pressure. See double-isolation-and-bleed
valve.
Double isolation valve

A single valve with two seating surfaces, each of which provides a seal against pressure originating from a
single source. This feature may be provided in one direction or in both directions.
Double isolation and bleed valve

Single valve with two seating surfaces, each of which, in the closed position, provides a seal against
pressure from a single source, with a means of venting/bleeding the cavity between the seating surfaces.
Note: This feature can be provided in one direction or in both

directions.
Note that there is often confusion over the term double block and bleed valve. Generally
in process and/or pipeline systems, the term “double block and bleed” means isolating
one pressure source with two barriers. In the definitions above, this isolation is
achieved using a double isolation and bleed valve. The valve standard API 6D/ISO
14313 gives guidance.
Passive sealing action

Valves that rely primarily on the presence of differential pressure to effect a seal.
Page 11 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Positive sealing action

Valves in which the sealing force is applied mechanically as part of valve operation.
4. General topics
4.1. Connection to piping
4.1.1. Flanges
Flanges are the most common method of connecting valves into piping and enable easy
removal of valves for maintenance/replacement. They have increased cost and lower
integrity compared to welded connections.
Proprietary compact flange arrangements are available to reduce weight and cost and
manufacturers of these willingly provide valve manufacturers with dimensional details.
a. Flanged end valves shall be installed adjacent to equipment on which blinds are required or if
frequent valve maintenance or replacement is expected.
b. A valve with integrally forged/cast flanges should be selected in lieu of a valve with welded-
on flanges.
Welding of the flanges may, in some cases, distort the valve body.
c. If a welded-on flange valve is provided, the joint should be a full penetration butt weld and
welding details, welding procedures, post-weld heat treatment, and examination should be
carefully considered and reviewed.
4.1.2. Welded ends

Welded ends are connections of high integrity and low cost; however, valves cannot
easily be removed from the line for maintenance (see Section 4.3).
a. If post weld heat treatment is required on butt weld end valves incorporating soft seals, they
should be provided with pipe pups and heat-treated at the manufacturer’s works, before
assembly. Pups should have a minimum length of 150 mm (6 in.) or the DN (NPS), whichever
is the greater and a maximum length of 500 mm (20 in.). The manufacturer should be required
to confirm that the length is adequate to prevent damage to soft seals when the valve is welded
to the pipe.
Note that pipeline and piping codes may have additional requirements on minimum
distance between welds, and pup piece lengths should be chosen accordingly.
Pup pieces are a common source of problems. The most obvious solution is for the
purchaser to free issue these to the valve manufacturer but this may not be the best
option since the:
 Manufacturer may require the pups to have additional thickness to permit
hydrostatic shell testing of the valve after assembly.
 Manufacturer requires timely supply of material to facilitate weld procedure
qualification etc., if schedule is not to be affected.
 Use of extremely strong pipe material usually requires the provision of an
intermediate adaptor to match the pipe wall thickness to the valve.
 The differences in strength and wall thickness between pup and valve body can lead
to problems with NDE particularly if the weld has a transition.
Page 12 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Material properties, including strength and Charpy values may be different on each
side of the transitions piece.
 When using welded pipe for pups consider location of the weld seam to ensure offset
from the adjacent longitudinal seam in the pipeline system.
b. Material requirements relating to the valve body should apply to the pups as a minimum, but
pups designed to the pipeline code may have more onerous requirements.
c. Valves with butt welding ends may be welded together if there is adequate clearance between
handwheels, levers, etc.
d. Butt welding end valves manufactured by machining the flanges off a flanged end valve are
not permitted unless specifically agreed and the detailed manufacturing sequence and NDE
methods carefully controlled.
This practice can lead to many problems, should be avoided and should only be used
when no other option is available. Cast flanges often have tolerable defects hidden in
the main structure but one machined, these defects can be surface breaking and
unacceptable, potentially requiring weld repairs before use. Forged flanges should have
been forged close to final shape, so whilst machining the forging is less likely to reveal
defects than with castings, the grain structure of the end may no longer be appropriate
for a weld end.
4.1.3. Compact flanges and clamp/hub connectors

Consideration should be given to the use of proprietary compact connectors for weight/cost savings
particularly if expensive materials are being used or if maximum ease of removal for maintenance is
required.
As with compact flanges, connector manufacturers readily supply design details to valve
manufacturers. Compact connectors require greater attention to cleanliness during
make-up than flanges.
Note that many suppliers are reluctant to test clamp end valves with blind clamp ends
due to the cost of obtaining/hiring the blinds, and prefer to test the valve on the test
bench. If this testing method is agreed it is essential that the clamp end dimensions and
surface finishes are fully verified as part of the inspection test plan.
4.1.4. Other connections

a. Threaded connections and proprietary compression fittings sometimes used in small bore
valves shall be used in accordance with of DWGOM GP 42-10-1.
b. Threaded connections should not be used on toxic service, flammable liquids above their
flashpoint, hydrocarbon gas service, hydrogen, sea water, produced water, methanol or steam
service.
c. Compression fittings may be used on sizes up to DN 25 (NPS 1) and are subject to the same
limitations as threaded connectors except that steam service is allowed.
For further information refer to DWGOM GP 42-10-1.
d. Wafer style check and butterfly valves shall be of the through drilled lug type. Shaft pins shall
not be secured by threaded fittings unless agreed.
Lugs protect the bolts from direct contact with flames in the event of a fire and prevent
loss of clamping load on the pipe flanges.
Page 13 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.2. Construction/commissioning conditions
4.2.1. General requirements

a. Upon receipt on site the all valves shall be inspected for damage and cleanliness. As a
minimum the following checks shall be made:
1. Valve nameplate present
2. Manufacturer clearly identifiable
3. Valve serial number clearly identifiable
4. Pressure class and size consistent with requirements
5. End connections consistent with requirements
6. Means of operation consistent with requirements (bare stem, gearbox, actuator, or lever)
7. Valve fully open, all valves except those with fail safe close actuators that should be fully
closed
8. Check for any missing fittings such as plugs, drains or injectors.
9. Check for any packing/temporary supports – for example in check valves where they are
shipped with the clapper temporarily locked closed or open.
10. On valves with rising stems and adjustable packing, ensure status of packing is
established as some suppliers ship valves with gland packing slack for final adjustment
on site.
b. Once these checks have been made, any valve not required for immediate installation (within
24 hours) shall be re-packaged to a standard provided by the original supplier, which shall
include:
1. All end connections sealed up with wooden or plastic blanking plates secured to the end
connection/flange.
2. Stem area of bare stem valves or valves with open stem seal areas sealed with suitable
plastic sheeting and tape.
3. Actuator connections sealed with suitable metal or plastic plugs.
c. Valves installed in piping or pipelines prior to use shall be protected from construction and
commissioning debris. This shall include:
1. Critical valves should not be installed in piping or pipeline systems until the system is
clean.
2. Valves must be protected from any activity that could result in damage to the internal
sealing surfaces including grinding, welding, shot blasting and sand blasting.
d. Valves should not be installed in pipelines until the pipeline has been cleaned of construction
debris, although valves on launching end of the pipeline may suitably protected by ensuring
upstream pipework is clean. Receiving valves should always be removed.
e. Valves should be left open whenever possible, particularly in vertical lines, where dirt and
debris can accumulate on the sealing surfaces. Valves should be locked open during
commissioning/construction. Valves fitted with fail safe close actuators and where control
systems are not fully functional, should have actuators removed and the valve left open.
Page 14 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.2.2. Specific requirements

a. Conditions during pipe fabrication, line flushing and plant start-up should be taken into
account when selecting valves.
There are many opportunities to damage valves prior to their entering service. These
conditions are frequently the most severe that a valve sees. Even if the normal operating
conditions are clean, soft seated valves can suffer permanent damage unless steps are
taken to protect them.
b. Measures should be taken to protect valves during construction, line flushing and plant start-
up. These measures include:
1. Selection of metal seated, etc., valves suitable for dirty service.
Operating problems can often be minimised or avoided by selecting robust, debris
tolerant designs regardless of service conditions.
2. Replace the valve with a temporary pipe spool and install critical valves after flushing is
completed.
If substitution or protection of valves is required during line clearing operations this
should be covered by a formal procedure.
3. Fit a temporary internal sleeve.
4. In the case of soft seated ball valves of moderate to large size, apply silicone sealant to
the joints between seat/body and seat/ball.
This has been shown to be effective and may offer an economic solution. When clean
conditions have been established the valve should be operated to dislodge the sealant.
5. Every project/operation should have a formal procedure covering receipt, storage and
protection of valves prior to installation and should take the steps necessary to ensure that
this is implemented.
4.3. Maintenance considerations
4.3.1. General
The maintenance strategy for valves on the facility shall be established early in the selection
process.
The maintenance strategy can affect both the ultimate choice of valve type and the
spares requirements.
4.3.2. Valves maintained in situ

The ease with which internals can be withdrawn and the equipment/craneage/onsite skills needed to
do this should be carefully investigated, particularly for large valves.
It is assumed that it is always possible to replace gland packings, gearboxes, etc., in situ
and this is a requirement of the GIS. If maintenance in situ is intended, welded pipe
connections become possible, but valve internals need to be capable of being accessed
and removed via the bonnet, etc. This is automatically the case for gate valves, globe
valves, swing check valves, plug valves, and top entry ball valves but the location of
valves may limit access or necessitate the provision of special equipment. In situ
maintenance cannot be conducted on butterfly or wafer check valves.
Page 15 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.3.3. Valves removed to a workshop for maintenance

This allows maximum flexibility of valve selection and is often the most practical option.
Spares holdings should take account of the need to provide complete replacement valves.
4.3.4. Operational maintenance

In-service maintenance procedures should be formalised and take account of the operating
conditions, environmental conditions, frequency of operation, valve type, trim selection and other
design details such as stem seals. In the particular case of stem seals, consideration must be given to
access and removal of gearboxes and actuators.
Actuators on large valves are usually heavy and require considerable lifting equipment.
Simple tasks such as adjustment of glands cannot be achieved on some designs unless
actuators are removed. The full maintenance operations should be considered and the
valve design features chosen accordingly.
4.3.4.1. Block valves

a. Block valves in hydrocarbon or toxic service having rising stems and packed glands should be
periodically inspected for stem seal leakage.
Such valves may require occasional gland adjustment as graphite packing relaxes over
time.
b. Hand held leakage detection devices or gas analysers (measuring ppm of methane) should be
used in hydrocarbon service to identify gland packed valves which require attention.
Significant leakers (> 1,000 ppm) should be adjusted or identified for packing replacement at
the next opportunity (plant turn round, etc.).
This is best accomplished as part of a formal leak detection and repair (LDAR)
programme. If the leak is intolerable and isolation for repair is impossible there are
companies who specialise in hot tapping and injection of temporary sealant.
Body/bonnet joints can be checked in a similar way but, in general, should not be
problematic except where large temperature excursions have been experienced.
c. Quarter turn lubricated taper plug valves are normally provided with an injected graphite
compound packing and this should be replenished as necessary.
Quarter turn valves having packed glands (e.g., butterfly valves) may also require
occasional adjustment as above but this is less likely than for rising stem valves.
d. Quarter turn valves (ball and butterfly) having self-energising (O-ring, lip seal, etc.) stem seals
should not need any routine maintenance. If an intolerable stem seal leak is detected and the
valve is fitted with injection facilities an appropriate compound should be injected. Stem
sealant injection should NOT be undertaken except in the case of an intolerable leak since the
subsequent sealing efficiency (e.g., after valve operation) is likely to be adversely affected.
Note that injection of the stem seal area of valves with O-rings and lip seals is not a
routine maintenance operation. In some designs with multiple seals, injection of sealing
fluid can negate the sealing function of the main seal reducing integrity.
e. Lubricated taper plug valves should be re-injected with lubricant immediately prior to
operation (isolation) or annually (whichever is shortest). As a minimum, valves should be re-
injected at plant turnarounds.
Page 16 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
These valves require replenishment of the injected plug/body lubricant at regular

intervals in order to secure effective sealing, minimise operating torque and avoid
corrosion.
f. Valves that fulfil a safety function should be periodically tested to demonstrate acceptable
function (See Section 8.1.6, etc.).
Such testing should be reduced to the minimum required to fulfil the reliability
requirement.
This will usually involve closing, or part closing, the valve and consideration should be
given to the conditions (pressure differential, etc.) under which this takes place.
g. Valves having a polymer or elastomer seat insert (e.g., soft seated ball valves) should not be
opened against an unbalanced differential pressure unless this is unavoidable, particularly in
gas service.
Compressed gas accumulated behind the seat insert may cause it to eject or fracture.
Note that whilst the valve should be fully designed for tolerance to this condition,
minimising the pressure across the valve prior to operation should minimise risk of
failure and increase longevity.
h. Valves that fulfil a safety function may have to be periodically tested to demonstrate
acceptable shut-off capability (See Section 8.6, etc.). Leakage should be recorded and
monitored so that trends can be ascertained and future maintenance/ replacement planned.
i. Isolation valves should not normally be tested but must demonstrate an acceptable shut-off
capability.
In the case of intolerable through-seat leakages there may be several options.
j. Leaking soft seated ball or gate valves having seat sealant injection facilities should be
injected with an appropriate compound as necessary.
Once this has been done the valve is likely to require re-injection at each subsequent
isolation attempt.
k. Lubricated taper plug valves should be injected as described above.
l. Ball and slab gate valves having accessible body drain and vent connections or dedicated
flushing ports should be flushed with hot oil, methanol or other appropriate solvent. The
chosen fluid shall be compatible with the soft seals in the valve.
If damage is not permanent or severe (i.e., resulting from accretions of varnish,
polymer, etc.) this may be effective.
m. Valves having dedicated steam purging facilities should be “steam lanced” to clear
accretions/obstructions. Such a procedure should NEVER be applied to soft seated valves or
valves containing polymer or elastomer seals.
Valves having no provision for sealant injection or flushing (i.e., no accessible
connections to the valve body) can be hot tapped and injected with a more or less
permanent sealant as described for stem seals above, subject to the necessary risk
assessments etc. being conducted. It should be assumed that, if such intervention is
successful, the benefit will not survive operation of the valve which should be identified
for replacement at the first opportunity.
Page 17 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.3.4.2. Check valves

a. Most designs of check valve require no routine maintenance.
Swing check valves having a shaft which extends through the valve body may require
occasional attention as described above for block valves if a packed gland arrangement
is provided.
b. Valves which fulfil a safety function and have an extended shaft should be manually operated
at least annually to confirm free movement of the disk.
4.3.4.3. Preservation
Steps should be taken to preserve valves in service.
The effective functional life and operability of block valves in offshore or other exposed
locations can be increased by taking steps to prevent water accumulation (e.g., above
glands/stem seals, between bolted joint flanges) and to exclude it wherever possible. The
application of “denso-tape” and proprietary compounds to exclude water and prevent
corrosion is recommended.
4.4. Isolation
4.4.1. Terminology
4.4.1.1. Double block isolation

a. A double block and bleed valve shall be as defined in Section 3.
There is much confusion over the term “double block and bleed valve.” As used in ISO
14313 (API 6D) this relates to blocking of two opposing sources of flow/pressure and
being able to vent the space (i.e., the valve cavity) between them.
See Figure 1.
b. A double isolation valve shall be as defined in Section 3.
The more usual requirement is for a double block isolation of equipment (etc.) from a
single source of flow/pressure (for the purpose of breaking containment) using two
valves (or a single valve incorporating two isolations). For the purposes of this GP the
requirement is termed “double isolation.”
c. A double isolation and bleed valve shall be as defined in Section 3.
When a body cavity vent, drain or bleed is provided with a double isolation valve the
valve may be described as a “double isolation and bleed valve.” This is defined in ISO
14313 (API 6D).
See Figure 1.
Page 18 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 1 - Isolation arrangement
Note: The acceptability of any valve or valves for a given isolation is

outside the scope of this document and is covered in GP 44-40.
Also note that some applications require a block and “monitor”
function where the bleed shown in the sketches above is closed
once the pressure reaches zero, and pressure is then
monitored.
4.4.1.2. Positive and passive sealing action

See Section 3 for definitions.
Typical passive sealing action valves are trunnion mounted ball valve, floating ball
valve, slab type gate valve, parallel slide gate valve.
Typical positive sealing action: valves are parallel expanding type gate valve, split
wedge gate valve, “Orbit” type ball valve, “Konosphera” type ball valve, “Klyde” type
ball valve, expanding type plug valve, “wedge” plug, globe valve).
Standard wedge gate valves fall somewhere between the two but are assumed to be
“positive” here.
Taper plug valves fall somewhere between the two but are assumed to be “passive”
here.
Butterfly valves employ positive sealing that may be augmented or diminished by the
effects of pressure, depending on the direction.
Page 19 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.4.2. Positive versus passive sealing action

The theoretical advantage of valves closing with a “positive” action is that they
maintain shut-off tightness regardless of the presence or absence of a pressure
differential and are not sensitive to the speed with which a pressure differential is
established. In practice this depends on how well seating surfaces are preserved, etc.,
and there may be other operating conditions that preclude their use (e.g., dirty service).
In all cases, the operating force requirements (size for size) of “positive” action valves
is greater than for comparable “passive” action valves - a significant consideration as
size and pressure increase. This is particularly true for “upstream + downstream
seating” types such as some expanding gate valves. Also, if a significant temperature
reduction is experienced after closing, the force required to break open some positive
sealing types (e.g., wedge and parallel expanding gate valves), is usually greatly
increased and such valves are not recommended for use in these applications.
4.4.3. Double block isolation
4.4.3.1. Alternatives
If double block isolation is required by the isolation philosophy, this can be achieved in three ways:
a. Two single valves in series with a vent connection from the connecting pipe. All block valve
types can be used in this arrangement.
b. An integral body (or manifold) incorporating two isolating valves and a vent valve. In all cases
such arrangements should meet EEMUA Publication 182.
Very large sizes may be impractical because of the high mass of the body. In smaller
line sizes, arrangements of ball, balanced plug, butterfly, and gate valves are available.
The specialised, positive isolation ball valves (Klyde, Konosphera, Orbit) can be used in
smaller sizes, but two valve manifold versions may be difficult to obtain. The same is
true of expanding plug and wedge plug valves.
Many of the standard arrangements of two valve double isolation manifolds available
on the market are of drastically reduced bore compared to the pipe. This may not matter
(e.g., on dry gas systems) but in other applications the potential effects of high velocity
flow and increased pressure drop should be considered.
Smaller sizes of integral valve manifolds are ideally suited to isolation of static
branches (e.g., instruments). These are available in arrangements using ball valves and
globe/needle valves and in combinations of both. Vent valves should always be needle
type. The “monoflange” design is extremely compact, but is not suitable for use in
flowing systems or if scale, wax, hydrate, etc., is anticipated (because of the complex
porting comprising drilled holes).
c. A single ‘double isolation and bleed valve’ as defined above. There are three possibilities:
In all cases it is possible to vent the cavity between the sealing surfaces through a bleed
connection provided in the valve body. If the feature is provided in both directions there
is not normally automatic relief of cavity overpressure caused by expansion of trapped
liquids and an external relief valve is necessary in liquid or condensing service.
1. The most suitable valves are positive sealing types in which the seat load is applied
mechanically to both upstream and downstream seats simultaneously (e.g., expanding
gate, expanding plug). Split wedge gate valves may also be considered, but sealing may
not be as effective. Expanding plug valves incorporating a thick section elastomer seal
Page 20 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
should not be used in gas service above Class 300 rating because of the risk of explosive
decompression damage.
There is a design of triple offset butterfly valve that incorporates two seat seals in a
single disk with a vent from the space between. In this case there is a high probability
that any damage to the first seat seal also affects the second. There is also a design of
ball valve (“Klyde” design) in which both seats are sealed simultaneously using a cam
action.
2. Valves that rely on the fluid differential pressure to provide a seal on both seat faces
simultaneously are the second choice for this duty. One possibility is an “upstream +
downstream sealing” slab type gate valve in which the second seat is loaded by the
differential pressure acting across the gate, but the cavity is sealed by the upstream seat.
Automatic venting of body cavity overpressure is normally preserved and an external
relief valve is not necessary.
The ability of a slab gate valve to perform this function depends on the detail design of
the seat to body seal arrangement and on the ability of the gate to move relative to the
stem. In all cases in which this arrangement is contemplated, the manufacturer should
be required to confirm suitability and specialist advice should be sought. If good sealing
against very low differential pressure is required and if the valve is located in a vertical
pipe this option may not be appropriate because the mass of the gate may negate any
sealing effect on the upper seat. The operating force for an “upstream + downstream”
sealing gate valve will be higher than for a “downstream sealing” design.
At least one manufacturer (WOM) offers a ball valve design in which the inlet side seat
consists of two sealing surfaces with a vent from the space between. In this case, both
sealing surfaces are simultaneously pressure energized, but the design is only available
with soft seats and necessitates a more complex arrangement of seals in the seat pocket.
3. Trunnion mounted ball valves having “double piston effect” seats are the third choice.
The second (downstream) seat is only energized when the cavity has been pressurised
(unlike the slab type gate valve) although some spring loading of seat to ball is always
provided (typically sufficient to seal a differential pressure of 6 bar, or so).
There may be no practical difference between the isolation integrity of a single “double
piston seat” ball valve and two standard trunnion mounted ball valves in series, except
that in the bleed and “monitor” condition there may be benefit in providing a larger
volume between valves. Also in shut-down applications, the two valve arrangement
would offer a theoretical increase in reliability of closure. In the case of soft seated
valves the two valve arrangement might offer reduced risk of sustaining simultaneous
damage to both seats.
See Section 7.1.5 for requirements for double piston seat arrangements.
Note the requirement in Section 4.6.1 for testing the valve in a sequence that represents
the live operating conditions. Recent work indicates that metal seated, high pressure
ball valves may not be able to meet these requirements, as there may be communication
from the cavity to the downstream side of the valve when pressure on the upstream side
is high and the cavity is vented. This effect has been evident in both finite element
analysis and actual valves. The deflection of the ball on the low pressure side of the
valve combined with reduced seat loading results in leakage between cavity and
downstream. Finite element analysis should be conducted on this type of valve at bid
stage.
Page 21 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
In all arrangements the vent (bleed) valve and pipework should be of sufficient size to
vent the body cavity or spool quickly (especially important in gas service) and carry away
anticipated leakage past the upstream valve or seat without incurring a pressure rise in the
body cavity. This connection should be provided with a double block and bleed valve
arrangement if access may be required in service (e.g., for hot oil flushing of leaking
valves).
Minimum size of valve body vent (bleed) valves and pipework should be as shown in
Table 1.
Table 1 - Minimum size of valve body vent/bleed connections/valves
Nominal Size of Valve DN Nominal Size of

(NPS) Vent/Bleed DN (NPS)
15 to 40 (1/2 to 1 1/2) 8 (1/4)
50 to 100 (2 to 4) 15 (1/2)
150 to 200 (6 to 8) 20 (3/4)
200 to 600 (8 to 24) 25 (1)
> 600 (24) 50 (2)
Valves other than those listed above are not suitable for double block or double block and
bleed duty if a single valve is required.
There may be a preference for two separate valves for double block isolation.
4.4.3.2. Application
The decision about when to specify double block valve isolation should be based on criticality
taking into account the type of hazard, consequence of leakage, and mitigation available. DWGOM
GP 32-0015 provides guidance in the case of new plant designs. Typically, double block isolation to
isolate equipment or atmospheric connections should be applied in the following services:
Particular plants/Business Units may have their own rules regarding application of
double block isolation valves.
 Toxic fluids.
 Highly flammable and searching fluids such as hydrogen.
 Fluids above flash point at operating temperature.
 If fluid contamination must be prevented.
 If it is necessary to prevent the formation of explosive mixtures.
 Drains connected to closed drains systems.
 If it is necessary to remove essential equipment from service for cleaning or repairs while the
process continues in operation
4.4.4. Pig launcher/receiver valves

a. Pig launcher/receiver primary pipeline isolation valves shall be in accordance with GP 43-35.
b. Pig trap kicker valves and vent valves should be capable of withstanding the high velocities
(e.g., on gas service) in throttling mode against a differential pressure when partially open as
well as providing acceptable shut-off.
Page 22 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
1. Soft seated ball valves should not be specified for this duty.
2. Lubricated balanced plug valves are eminently suitable provided procedures are in place
to ensure re-injection of lubricant at appropriate intervals.
3. For low pressure applications (Class 300 or lower rating) triple offset, metal seated
butterfly valves can be considered if the service is known to be clean.
4. Globe valves may be appropriate for gas vent duty, but ideally require an on/off shut-off
valve (e.g., soft seated ball) in series.
In this case the ball valve would be opened first and closed last.
c. Receiver drain valves should be quarter turn valves having a high degree of abrasion resistance
such as tungsten carbide coated balls, Stellite/carbide coated balanced plugs, etc.
Receiver drain valves usually have to cope with highly abrasive service.
At least one valve manufacturer offers a modified ball valve having a side entry point
that allows the insertion and removal of pigs. Whilst this may offer some operational
facility there is only a single isolation between the operator and the process so the valve
cannot be used on a live system unless additional isolating valves are provided on either
side.
4.5. Testing – general

EEMUA standards 170-173 provide comprehensive information on testing of common
valve types and are particularly recommended to those reviewing manufacturers test
procedures and/or witnessing tests.
4.5.1. Recommended factory acceptance tests

a. The following factory acceptance tests (FATs) are recommended for all valve types:
1. Hydrostatic shell test at 1.5 x rated pressure.
2. Hydrostatic seat leak test at 1.1 x rated pressure or, depending on valve type* low
pressure gas seat test (e.g., ISO 14313 (API 6D) B3.3).
3. Gate and globe valves having a back seat should also be subjected to a hydrostatic back
seat test if appropriate.
4. If valves are being used on gas service a representative sample (e.g., 10 percent,
minimum one) of each unique type, size, and pressure rating should be subjected to a gas:
a) Shell test at rated pressure.
b) Seat leak test at rated pressure.
*Valves that shut off by application of external force should generally be seat tested at
high pressure whilst valves that shut off by application of differential pressure should
generally be seat tested at low pressure.
5. If valves having a sealed body cavity are on liquid service and not buried or located
subsea, a representative sample (e.g., 10 percent, minimum one) of each unique type,
size, and pressure rating should be subjected to a cavity relief test (e.g., ISO 14313
[API 6D] B.8).
The EEMUA Valve Committee has made recommendations for testing of both
commodity valves and valves intended for more critical duties. These are generally
endorsed and reproduced in Annex B.
Page 23 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. For valves with joints perpendicular to the pipe axis (e.g., split body [end entry] ball valves) at
least one such valve of each unique material/size/rating on the order should be tested with
blank flanges, welded end caps, etc., to demonstrate the adequacy of the specified bolt torque.
It is common practice for manufacturers to hydro-test valves using end closures that
react the longitudinal force resulting from pressure against an external structure. This
means that the body joints never see any longitudinal force on test, so if bolt pre-load is
inadequate, this only becomes apparent during the hydro-test of the piping system.
4.5.2. Recommended FAT seat leak rates

The leak rates shown in Table 2 are recommended for inclusion in procurement specifications as
factory acceptance criteria.
The leak rates for metal seated valves are achievable by technically competent and
experienced suppliers. Lower leak rates may be achievable in some cases, but this might
be at the expense of considerable time and effort so the temptation to specify them
should be resisted in all but extreme cases. Although leak rates for some types of hard
metal seated valves are higher than for soft seated, they are less susceptible to damage
in service and “as new” shut-off integrity is more likely to be preserved. If local
experience indicates that alternative leak rates are appropriate/acceptable, this should
be applied.
Table 2 - Recommended seat leak rates
L.P. Gas Seat Test

Hydro Seat Test (API 6D App. C)
H.P. Gas Seat Test
Valve Type Max. Leak Rate 6 bar (90 psi) Max.
1.1 x Rated Pressure (1)
(ISO 5208) Leak Rate
(ISO 5208)
Slab type: C Slab type: C
Soft seat: A Exp. type: B Exp. type: 5xB
Gates
Metal seat: B Wedge type: B Wedge type: by agreement with supplier
Soft seat: A Soft seat: B
Soft seat: A Soft seat: A Soft seat: B
Ball
Metal seat: C Metal seat: C Metal seat: 5xC
Soft seat: A Soft seat: A Soft seat: A
Check
Metal seat: D Metal seat: 3xD Metal seat: 9xD
Globe B B 5xB
Soft seat: A Soft seat: A Soft seat: A
Butterfly
Metal seat: B Metal seat: B Metal seat: C
Lubricated
A A B
Balanced Plugs
(1) Note that these acceptance standards are arbitrarily chosen and may require adjustment to suit particular circumstances.
For most applications, leak rates up to Rate D would be acceptable for metal seated valves but might indicate quality
problems in certain valve types.
Figure 2 provides a comparison of the acceptance standards of ISO 5208 with those of
API 598 for low pressure gas testing. The API 598 leak rates do not incorporate
sufficient flexibility to address all valve types and some requirements (e.g., zero leakage
for metal seated ball valves less than or equal to DN 50 (NPS 2) is impractical).
Page 24 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 2 - Low pressure gas leak rate comparison
Gas Leak Rate Comparison
100
90
80 ISO 5208 Rate B
Leak Rate mm3/sec
70 ISO 5208 Rate C

60
ISO 5208 Rate D
50
Leak rate ISO 10434
40
30 Leak rate ISO 10434
20 Leak rate ISO 10434
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Valve Size DN
EEMUA Information Sheet No. 32 provides one page summaries of the requirements of
commonly encountered valve test standards.
4.5.3. Test duration

With the exception of ISO 14313 (API 6D) the test hold times specified in valve reference
standards are mostly very short (see Table 3). The test durations of ISO 14313 (API 6D) are
recommended if practical (e.g., if valves are being manufactured to order).
Table 3 - Comparison of shell test times (minutes)
API 598-2009 and ISO 14313-2007 EN 12266-1 (2003)

Size DN (NPS) ISO 5208-2008
ISO 10434-2004 (API 6D-2008) Size DN (NPS) Test Times (min)
≤ 50 (2) 0.25 0.25 ≤(4) 2.0 ≤ DN 50 (2) 0.25
DN 65 - DN 200
65-150 (2 1/2–6) 1.0 1.0 (6 to 10) 5.0 1.0
(2 1/2 - 8)
DN 250 - DN 450
200–300 (8–12) 2.0 2.0 (12 to 18) 15.0 3.0
(10 - 18)
≥ DN 500
≥ 350 (14) 5.0 5.0 ≥ (20) 30.0 3.0
(NPS 20)
Page 25 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 4 - Comparison of seat test times (minutes)
ISO-17292- ISO 5208- ISO 14313-2007

Size DN (NPS) API 598-2009
2004 2008 (API 6D-2008)
≤ 50 (2) 0.25 0.25 0.25 2.00
65-150 (2 1/2–6) 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00/5.00
200–300 (8–12) 2.00 2.00 2.00 5.00
≥ 350 (14) 5.00 2.00 2.00 5.00
EN 12266-1 (2003)
Metal seated valves Soft seated valves
Size DN (NPS) Liquid Gas Liquid or gas
≤ 50 (2) 0.25 0.25 0.25
DN 65 - DN 200 (2 1/2 - 8) 0.50 0.25 0.25
DN 250 - DN 450 (10 - 18) 1.00 0.50 0.50
≥ DN 500 (NPS 20) 2.00 0.50 1.00
Fifteen (15) seconds is really not sufficient time to determine whether there is a leak
through the wall of a valve casting, for example. However, increasing the specified test
time in the case of commodity valves usually incurs increased cost and valves purchased
from stock have already been tested, so increased test times may not be practicable in
some cases. Note that stabilisation times for high pressure gas tests can be significantly
longer than the test time.
4.6. Specific additional tests
4.6.1. Single valves required for double isolation and function

Valves required for double isolation and bleed or monitor function, with capability provided in one
valve (e.g., expanding gate valve, slab gate valve and double piston ball valve when agreed) shall
be tested as a minimum in the following sequence to mimic operating conditions:
 With valve open, pressure balance the valves throughout upstream, cavity, and downstream.
Ensure that gauges/monitors are provided at upstream, downstream, and cavity positions.
 Close valve checking for adequate operation.
 Slowly depressurize the downstream end of the valve, monitoring pressures in upstream and
cavity.
Some small pressure changes may occur as valve redistributes pressure, but upstream
and cavity pressure should hold during this test.
 Slowly depressurize cavity and monitor upstream and downstream pressures. Monitor pressure
until it reaches zero in the cavity. Observe any communication between cavity and downstream
or upstream side.
 Re-pressurize cavity and monitor pressure upstream and downstream. Ensure upstream pressure
is constant and downstream pressure stays at zero (this mimics the failure of the upstream seat
or potentially the monitor function increasing in pressure).
 Depressurize cavity again, monitoring upstream and downstream pressure.
Page 26 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Pressurize downstream side of valve – simultaneously with the upstream pressure still applied.
This mimics the leak test applied when a pig trap or open end of the pipeline is closed
up.
 Vent the valve, and if appropriate, test the valve in the reverse direction.
Double piston ball valves with inadequate seat to ball design, and expanding gate
valves with insufficient load on the gate segments may fail the test above.
4.6.2. Cavity relief test

Valves that are intended to self-relieve cavity overpressure (e.g., in the event of a fire) should be
type tested on liquid during FAT (one per size/rating) commencing with the entire valve at rated
pressure.
4.6.3. Electrical insulation test

Soft seated ball and plug valves should be type tested during FAT (one per size/rating) to
demonstrate that there is good conduction between the ball/plug/stem and the valve body.
4.6.4. Low temperature test

a. If valves will definitely be subjected to significant low temperature that is not a transient
condition and are then required to seal, a type test such as that recommended by EEMUA
Publication 192 should be considered. Actual service temperatures should first be accurately
determined (i.e., not the impact test temperature of the body material!).
Such tests are time consuming and expensive so should not be resorted to lightly. There
should be no need to test if temperatures are above –10°C (14°F).
b. For temperatures below –50°C (–58°F) the valve should undergo a full cryogenic type test in
accordance with BS 6364 or a comparable standard.
Valve seat leakage normally increases at low temperature so this should be allowed for.
Polymer lip seals characteristically leak during temperature transients, but then
stabilise at the new temperature so this should be taken into account.
It may be necessary to build a valve dry for this test as any residual water from
hydrotest and/or oil used in manufacture could compromise valve function.
4.6.5. High temperature test

A type test may be considered if sustained high temperatures will be experienced, particularly if
soft seals may be operating near their limit or if the valve’s ability to shut off may be in question.
4.6.6. Gas seat leak testing

a. There are three common options:
1. Low pressure tests (e.g., 4 bar to 6 bar [60 psi to 90 psi]) applied as an alternative to high
pressure liquid tests.
2. Low pressure tests applied in addition to high pressure liquid tests (e.g., as a quality
check).
3. High pressure tests (at rated pressure) applied in addition to high pressure liquid tests
(and, sometimes, in lieu of liquid tests if there is a desire to keep the valve dry).
Page 27 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. In evaluating the appropriateness of any test, consideration should be given to the valve type
and the way in which the seating force is applied (e.g., by fluid pressure or external force).
1. If closing force is applied by the working fluid pressure (e.g., all ball valves) the
alternative of a LP gas seat test is appropriate (particularly on smaller, lower pressure
valves). As an addition to a HP liquid seat test it also represents a useful additional
quality check – indicating that there are no major problems with assembly, seat facings,
etc.
2. If closing force is mechanically applied (e.g., wedge gate, expanding gate, globe,
butterfly valves) high pressure seat testing is more appropriate.
In the case of larger valves the effect of differential pressure on the obturator (ball,
gate, etc.) should also be taken into account (e.g., deflection of metal seated valve balls
leading to higher leak rates at higher pressure).
4.6.7. Practical considerations of high pressure gas testing

High pressure gas tests require large volumes of nitrogen or air and, if test times are
not to be unacceptably long, a means of compressing it reasonably quickly. Safety
considerations also demand test pits or concrete walled enclosures. Some
manufacturers have such provisions but not all. High pressure gas seat testing can
therefore be expensive and time-consuming. The larger the valve, the more expensive
and time-consuming it becomes.
4.6.8. Application of high pressure gas tests

a. Valve destined for liquid service should not be subjected to high pressure gas testing.
b. Valves destined for high pressure gas service should be subjected to high pressure gas testing.
For reasons of time and cost the test should be carried out on a randomly chosen sample and
fully integrated with the manufacturer’s other testing.
The size of the sample can be agreed in each case, but should not be less than one of
each unique type/size/rating. A suggested sample size is included in valve GIS.
In the case of stock valves HP gas testing could be applied in the same way if the
destined service is gas.
4.6.9. Leak rates for high pressure gas test

High pressure gas seat testing is not required by any standard. It is offered as an
additional test at the purchaser’s discretion in ISO 14313 (API 6D). In defining
acceptable leak rates note that low pressure gas seat leak rates are quoted at standard
conditions and that the leak rate across a valve seat does not increase linearly with
increasing pressure (although it does often increase). There is the further problem that
the acceptable LP leak rate usually quoted for soft seated valves is zero. In practice, for
metal seated valves, a multiple of the LP allowable leak rate seems to work (e.g., five to
10 times). For soft seated valves ISO 5208 Rate B is recommended. Appropriate
acceptance standards are included in Valve GIS.
4.6.10. High pressure gas shell leak test

It is possible to test the seats of a trunnion mounted ball valve or slab/expanding gate
valve without testing the body seals and to do so does not require pressurisation of the
body cavity (which can sometimes hold a lot of gas). However, having decided to go to
the trouble and cost of HP gas testing (of sample valves) it is probably worth
Page 28 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
performing the shell leak test as well ( acceptance standard: zero visible leakage using
detergent film or water immersion).
4.6.11. Helium leak testing

Valves intended for service with searching fluids (e.g., hydrogen) may be subject to type or sample
testing using helium (or a mixture of nitrogen plus 1 percent helium used as a “tracer”) to prove a
high degree of leak tightness. Details of the test should be subject to agreement with the valve
manufacturer.
Leak rates are influenced by valve type, valve size, seating material, etc. Practical
considerations should dominate when defining acceptable values. The following
acceptance standards (taken from an EEMUA information sheet 192) are suggested.
 Through body leakage: (based on mass spectrometer measuring 1percent helium in
nitrogen).
- Gland/stem seal leakage not to exceed 0.001 5 ml/s (92 x 10–6 in3/s) at
any single point.
- Gland/stem seal leakage not to exceed 0.004 ml/s (244 x 10–6 in3/s)
total.
- Body/bonnet etc., joint leakage not to exceed 0.000 3 ml/s (18 x 10–6
in3/s) at any single point.
- Through wall leakage - no single source to exceed 0.000 001 ml/s
(61 x 10–9 in3/s). (If leakage is measured by bagging the complete valve,
maximum total leak rate should be as for the gland alone.)
 Through seat leakage for soft seated valves (based on flow measurement) not to
exceed 0.018 ml/min/mm DN (0.027 in3/min/in NPS).
As an alternative, a gas analyzer and sniffing probe may be used measuring leakage in
ppm. However, correlations between the two systems of measurement are notoriously
difficult and such data as has been collected shows wide scatter. Comparative tests
involving the actual test equipment, valves, and test gases used are recommended if
accurate information is required.
4.6.12. Fire type testing

See Section 4.12.
4.7. Design and stress/air considerations
4.7.1. Valve shell

a. In order for valves to function correctly (open, close, seal, etc.) deflections and deformations
should be restricted.
This deformation limitation usually means stress remains well within elastic limits (i.e.,
valve designs are usually strain limited). In most cases, this approach ensures that
stresses are also maintained within allowable limits.
This is an important distinction between valves and vessels where elastic deformation
under load is usually not a problem.
b. Valve stress design should be conservative.
Page 29 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
This is necessary to limit deformation and for other reasons (e.g., valve shells are full of
stress concentrating features not usually taken into account in design). Such a design
approach is embodied within BP GIS for valves.
Commonly used standards cannot always be relied upon to provide this. For example,
ISO 10423 (API 6A), which is frequently used for design pressures beyond the standard
ASME Class ratings, allows design stresses that may create problems with certain
materials. In particular, austenitic and duplex alloys are known to experience “cold
creep” if peak stress levels are high. This phenomenon results in ongoing permanent
strain that is exacerbated in course grained material (e.g., castings).
c. The use of weld end valves with Special Class or Intermediate Ratings per ASME B16.34
should be approved by the Purchaser, but can sometimes be advantageous to reduce
weight/cost at higher pressures.
Limitations placed on end connections are intended to prevent such valves being
transferred to fully rated piping systems for which they would be inadequate. Note that
an intermediate rating valve is comparable to a valve designed at the limit of the
pressure temperature rating range.
d. The use of fabricated valves should be similarly approved.
4.7.2. Bolted joints

If valves employ bolted joints, either as part of the pressure boundary or for attachment of operators
and actuators, bolt pre-load should be sufficient to prevent leakage in service and such bolts should
always be pre-loaded to at least 50 percent of their yield stress.
Of particular concern are split body (end entry) ball valves that have joints
perpendicular to the pipe axis. Product and design standards for such valves (ISO
17292, ASME B16.34) may require additional bolt area to be provided at such joints.
4.7.3. Drive train

a. For safety shut-down valves, subsea valves and other critical applications the manufacturer’s
design calculations for the drive train and force/torque reaction path (mounting stools, actuator
bolting, etc.) should be reviewed for adequacy.
There is frequently confusion amongst manufacturers and suppliers over the stress
limits necessary for valve stems and other components of the drive train and
force/torque reaction path. Few valve standards address this adequately so the
purchaser needs to be aware of the requirements. This is particularly important for
shut-down valves.
In the drive train (everything between the actuator/operator output shaft and the valve
seat) standards of detail design (avoidance of stress raisers, control of welding
operations, material selection, etc.) are of the utmost importance. Similarly, for the
force/torque reaction path, the assumptions made about load sharing between dowels
and joint face friction, coefficients of friction and bolt pre-load should be well
understood.
b. Valve drive train and force/torque reaction path design in all cases should be such that:
1. The stresses under normal operating conditions (i.e., when the valve is being
opened/closed against design differential pressure) remain within design allowable limits,
bearing in mind that operating torque/force may increase after some years in service.
Page 30 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
ISO 14313 (API 6D) requires 2 times the break-out torque force to be used as the design
load. This standard also defines allowable design stresses which are recommended for
general application.
2. The “weak point” (point at which failure will occur) should be outside the pressure
boundary of the valve.
3. The actuator has sufficient margin to be able to operate the valve acceptably throughout
its life.
4. The valve stem and other drive train components are capable of withstanding the
maximum output of the actuator (e.g., when operating against a jammed valve) without
sustaining permanent deformation. In the case of electric actuators this means with the
torque switch setting applied throughout the stroke.
Electric actuators are manufactured in a limited number of sizes and output torque is
frequently limited by an adjustable torque switch to avoid damage to the valve drive
train if an oversize actuator is being used.
It will be seen that (3) and (4) above conflict and care is needed in the specification of
design differential pressure and required actuator safety factor (particularly in the case
of spring return actuators) if the designer is not to be presented with an impossible
problem.
A minimum actuator torque/force of 1.5 times break-out torque/force (at design
differential pressure) is required. As a “rule of thumb” permanent deformation will
generally be avoided if the stress limits of ISO 14313 (API 6D) are not exceeded by
more than 1.5 times.
4.7.4. Stress levels for valve drive trains

These are defined in Annex C of this document.
4.7.5. Fatigue
If valves are used in high cycle applications and particularly if wide thermal variations or thermal
shock occur, valve designs should be subjected to fatigue stress analysis or testing to confirm their
suitability.
Common valve design standards do not consider fatigue. For most standard rating
valves in most applications this is not a problem.
4.8. Weight/cost minimisation

The following techniques should be considered as a way of minimising weight and hence cost,
particularly if valves are being procured in expensive alloys:
a. Use of compact flanges or clamp connectors in place of standard ASME, etc., flanges.
b. Selective use of corrosion resistant overlays.
c. Butt welding of valves to pipework.
d. Use of welded construction trunnion mounted ball valves.
Note: This usually precludes refurbishment at other than the

manufacturer’s works.
Page 31 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
e. Use of pressure seal joints at the body/bonnet interface of high pressure gate, globe, check
valves.
This design uses a split ring to transfer the pressure load on the bonnet to the body thus
eliminating the heavy bonnet flange. The joint incorporates a graphite gasket, metal
gasket, O-ring or energised lip seal as appropriate. Metal gaskets can be difficult to
remove for maintenance. Sealing efficiency increases with pressure. At low pressure
sealing can be a problem and LP gas leak tests are recommended during FAT.
f. Use of threaded and seal-welded bonnet/cover for valves less than or equal to DN 50 (NPS 2)
in non-corrosive service.
g. Use of reduced bore valves if pigging is not a requirement.
This also minimises the size of actuators.
h. Use of lugged wafer butterfly valves and duo-disk lugged wafer check valves.
i. In the case of high pressures and large pipe sizes, use of ASME B16.34 intermediate rating
valves if design conditions fall between two standard ratings (e.g., between CL 900 and
CL 1500).
This allows reduced wall thickness, smaller internal flanges, etc. Such a valve is
comparable to a fully rated valve used at the limit of its rating.
j. Use of stress analysis.
Detailed analysis (e.g., FEA) may be used to justify lighter construction standard rating
valves when these are specified in accordance with pipeline valve standards. In such
cases it is important to ensure that adequate rigidity is retained and functionality
preserved. This usually necessitates an investigation of deflections.
k. Use of plug valves.
l. Use of a single valve (e.g., expanding gate) to provide double block and bleed isolation instead
of two independent valves, as appropriate, considering operating conditions.
4.9. Auxiliary connections in valve bodies
4.9.1. General
a. Penetrations of the pressure retaining boundary such as auxiliary bleed/vent/drain points
should be minimised.
Taper threaded valve body plugs and needle type 'vent' plugs are a common cause of
leakage incidents on gas production systems and should be avoided. This is usually due
to either corrosion or poor mechanical strength (excessive PTFE tape application etc.).
b. If valve body connections are necessary for operational/testing reasons on larger size valves
they should be terminated with a blank flange or a flange + block and bleed valve
arrangement. Alternatively, and on smaller sized valves, butt weld or socket weld connections
should be specified. Pipe nipples should be at least one schedule heavier than required by the
piping line class for reasons of robustness.
c. The location of such connections should comply with the general requirements of ASME
B16.34. If not necessary for operational reasons these connections should be eliminated.
d. The type of vent connection that comprises a needle seated in a threaded plug should be
avoided, particularly on gas service. A valve with a plugged or capped outlet should be used
instead.
Page 32 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
These corrode in marine environments, are a source of leakage and may require a shut-
down to repair.
e. Threaded connections required for factory acceptance testing and not needed thereafter should
be fitted with a plug seal welded in position in accordance with an approved welding
procedure. Minimum ligament length of the seal weld should be 1/3 x nominal size of the plug
and not less than 5 mm (3/16 in), but should, in no case, exceed 13 mm (1/2 in.). Exposed
threads should first be ground off.
f. Socket welded connections should not be used on sea water, produced water, methanol, HF,
H2SO4, and steam service or if particulate or sludge could accumulate in the crevice behind the
pipe nipple.
g. Threaded connections should not be used on toxic service, flammable liquids above their
flashpoint, hydrocarbon gas service, hydrogen, sea water, produced water, methanol or steam
service except by agreement with the purchaser.
Threaded connections are usually acceptable if there is a valve bolted directly to the
valve body between the thread and the process or main valve body.
h. PTFE tape should not be used to seal taper threads. Anaerobic sealing compounds may be
used.
i. If threaded connections are agreed and there is a risk of crevice corrosion, the threads should
be protected by appropriately housed O-rings.
j. If an external pressure relief valve is provided to relieve body cavity overpressure (e.g., on a
parallel expanding gate valve), this should always be a properly set and certified type and
should be separated from the valve body by a (normally locked open) ball valve to facilitate in
service testing. Set pressure should be between 1.1 x and 1.33 x rated pressure.
The factor of 1.1 x is intended to prevent relief occurring in normal operation. The 1.33
factor is intended to provide relief before the original hydrotest value of 1.5 x rated
pressure figure is achieved.
4.9.2. Bypasses
Pressure equalizing bypass valves should be strongly considered for open/close type valves,
particularly for high pressure, large and/or actuated valve applications to prevent flow cutting of the
valve seats during opening, as well as to prevent large instantaneous flow surges to downstream
equipment. While such bypass are sometimes made integral to the valves, it is preferred that these
connections be made on the piping upstream and downstream of the valve in lieu of being integral
to the valve body.
a. Bypass piping should be provided to equalize differential pressure or warm up downstream
piping and equipment.
b. An isolating valve should be provided in the bypass line of the main valve having a metallurgy
and pressure rating at least equal to that of the main valve.
c. Bypasses shall be designed and inspected in accordance with associated piping or pipeline
specification.
d. Bypasses should be sized in accordance with Table 5 unless process requirements dictate
otherwise and pipes should meet the applicable piping design code.
Page 33 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 5 - Recommended minimum bypass size [DN (NPS)]
Valve Valve Pressure Rating

Size DN (NPS) Class 150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500
< 250 (10) --- --- 20 (3/4) 20 (3/4) 20 (3/4)
250 & 300 (10 & 12) 25 (1) 25 (1) 25 (1) 25 (1) 25 (1)
350 to 500 (14 to 20) 40 (1 1/2) 40 (1 1/2) 40 (1 1/2) 40 (1 1/2) 40 (1 1/2)
>500 (20) 50 (2) 50 (2) 50 (2) 50 (2) 50 (2)
4.9.3. Vent/drain etc., valves

These should be sized and selected not only according to the quantity of fluid to be discharged
(which is usually small), but also with a view to their robustness. Generally they should not be less
than DN 20 (NPS 3/4).
4.9.4. Sealant injection

a. Seat sealant injection may be used to achieve isolation of a soft seated ball valve whose seats
are damaged.
b. Seat sealant injection should not be specified for hard metal seated ball valves or for safety
shut-down valves. Provision of arrangements for hot oil flushing the seats of metal seated and
shut-down ball valves may, however, be considered. If provided, such connections should be
labelled “Flushing ports. Not for sealant injection.”
Sealant injection is ineffective (and usually unnecessary) in the case of metal seated
valves and is never used post ESD in the case of soft seated valves.
If soft seated ball valves are in gas service, the injection facilities also allow flushing
with hot oil or proprietary compounds.
Stem sealant injection can sometimes permit continued operation until an opportunity
arises for rectification. In the case of self-energising seals (O-rings, lip seals, etc.) it is
usually sufficient to inject sealing compound into the space between the seals. In the
case of packed glands the graphite based “solid” injection systems offered by
companies such as Team and Safeseal have proven effective. In an emergency, these
companies can hot tap into a gland, but if such an eventuality can be predicted, it is
sensible (safer and cheaper) to procure the valve with a threaded fitting isolated from
the packing chamber by a ball valve. If using such techniques ensure that safety
precautions comply with site norms and are commensurate with the hazard presented by
the operation.
c. Any operational advantage should be weighed against the number of additional potential leak
paths being introduced.
d. Lubricated, balanced plug valves should be periodically sealant injected, ideally immediately
before closure if valves are infrequently operated or, at least, at every plant turnaround. Plant
operation and maintenance procedures should formally address this requirement.
In standard form these valves employ a carbon steel plug and body which forms the
seat. Periodic re-lubrication is essential to prevent corrosion, ensure a seat seal and
avoid increased operating torque.
e. Seat sealant injection fittings provided to inject into the valve seats shall be provided with two
check valves and, on high pressure service or if valves are connected directly to pipelines,
Page 34 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
consideration should be given to the provision of a block valve (e.g., needle or ball type)
between the fitting and the valve to allow grease gun removal in emergencies or permit
isolation of a leaking fitting. Injection ports on stems should be fitted with two check valves,
but where space precludes such a feature, the injection port shall be above the primary stem
seal.
f. If it is intended to inject sealant/lubricant systematically in service, consideration should be
given to whether or not it would be an advantage to require the valve to be supplied already
injected.
Note: Lubrication of lubricated plug valves is essential, but most other valves neither
require nor benefit from lubrication/sealant injection as a routine function. Where sand
and/or dirt are present in the flow, grease and heavy viscosity fluids can trap the debris.
Seat flushing can be effective.
4.10. Fugitive emissions
4.10.1. General
There is a need to minimise fugitive emissions of toxic fluids and volatile organic
compounds for safety, environmental, and economic reasons. Historically valves
(particularly rising stem designs) have been major sources of such emissions but,
because of activity by regulators, users and manufacturers during the last ten years it is
now possible to take advantage of improved performance with little or no increase in
cost.
Site surveys of conventional plant generally indicate that rising stem (globe type)
control valves are the worst culprits followed by rising stem (e.g., gate and globe)
isolating valves with conventional quarter turn valves (ball, butterfly, plug) giving fewer
problems. This is not a surprising result. Note that small valves are often worse than
large ones.
Whilst there may sometimes be emissions from body joints, etc., these are not serious
problems; neither are quarter turn valves having self-energised or pressure energised
stem seals such as O-rings and lip seals. Packed glands are the major source of these
emissions.
4.10.2. Purchasing/specification recommendations

a. When purchasing rising stem valves with packed glands, evidence should be sought that the
manufacturer has previously undertaken emission testing of the proposed packings and range
of valve sizes/ratings and can demonstrate acceptable results. If elevated or reduced
temperature service is contemplated, such tests should include a limited number of temperature
cycles.
Appropriate requirements are included in relevant GIS.
b. Mechanical aspects of rising stem valves (stem straightness, run-out and surface finish, gland
guidance, etc.) should also be controlled.
Requirements regarding mechanical aspects are included in relevant GIS.
4.10.3. Guidance on ISO 15848

An ISO standard, ISO 15848, has been developed to offer standardised type
qualification testing and sample product testing of valves. It uses helium mass
measurement of emissions instead of the more familiar methane sniffing on grounds of
Page 35 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
safety and measurement accuracy so there is an adjustment to be made to expectations

where (e.g., site testing) experience is of sniffing and measurement of emissions are in
ppm.
a. If undertaken, fugitive emission testing for gland packed valves should be performed with
helium in accordance with ISO 15848.
The alternative of methane mass measurement offered by this standard should be
avoided since there is no basis for comparison.
Recommended requirements are:
1. Class C for rising stem valves.
2. Class B for quarter turn valves.
b. Test results should be adjusted based on experience.
c. Existing testing, performed in accordance with standards other than ISO 15848 may be
acceptable in lieu.
Type tests conducted in accordance with ISA 93.00.01 (with not more than one packing
adjustment) or VDI 2440 are normally acceptable.
d. ISO 15848 should not be specified for valves having PTFE lip seals or chevrons or for valves
sealed by elastomer O-rings.
Helium molecules travel through these materials because of their natural permeability
resulting in leak rates beyond the acceptance standard.
e. If sample product testing is undertaken, it should be at the rated pressure of the valve, not at
low pressure as specified by ISO 15848, Part 2.
4.10.4. Bellows seal valves

a. For toxic and other critical services bellows seal valves should be considered.
Valve stem emissions can be completely eliminated by the use of bellows seal valves.
b. A secondary packed gland or other sealing system should be provided.
Bellows seal valves are relatively expensive, however, and may not be suited to some
services (e.g., solidifying).
4.10.5. BP emissions testing

During the 1990s BP conducted a number of tests in order to obtain an understanding
of the problem and explore possible solutions. The general conclusions are summarised
below.
Tests on rising stem gate/globe valve packings showed that:
 All graphite packings perform better than asbestos.
 Some relatively simple low to medium density graphite packings with braided end
rings can give very good performance.
 The best performance was obtained from an "engineered" design of packing with
some pressure energising capability.
 Graphite packings generally are relatively insensitive to stem damage.
 Stem straightness and run-out must be carefully controlled.
Page 36 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 The gland follower must be guided on the packing chamber, not the stem.
 Whilst good surface finish and close tolerances may give improved sealing
performance, these parameters need not be better than is currently being achieved
by the leading valve manufacturers (and very smooth finishes obtained by
burnishing are positively disadvantageous).
 Very smooth stem finishes produced by burnishing, etc., are detrimental to good
sealing of graphite packings.
Tests on small (DN 50 [NPS 2]) quarter turn valves (seat supported ball, sleeved plug
and butterfly) having a wide variety of stem seals from a single PTFE ring through
O-rings to packed glands showed that:
 Quarter turn valves should not be major sources of fugitive emissions.
 Standard designs should give acceptable sealing performance.
 There is no need to pay a premium for special "low emission" arrangements except
on high risk services (e.g., highly toxic).
 Alignment of actuators to the valve stem can have a major effect on performance.
It is possible that results might have been somewhat different for large valves, but,
provided that quality manufacturing ensures good concentricity/guidance of the stem
(especially in the case of actuated valves), it should be possible to avoid significant
emission problems.
Most manufacturers of rising stem (globe type) control valves have done work on
reducing emissions and offer valves fitted with "low emission" packing arrangements at
an increased price. Tests on six manufacturers’ valves indicated that:
 The majority performed well and it is possible to buy globe type control valves with
excellent low emission performance, some of which are available with fire tested
packing.
 The additional cost of valves fitted with low emission packings as a percentage of
total valve cost is not excessive in most cases (this is particularly true in a project
environment).
 Good guidance of the valve stem is a prime requirement for actuated valves.
 It is difficult to achieve good performance on modulating duty with graphite
packing, although one manufacturer did succeed.
 The need to limit actuating forces and hence packing friction is important in the
case of control valves and is another reason why graphite packings, with their
relatively high friction compared to polymers, etc., are not ideal in this case.
An alternative approach is to maximise the use of quarter turn control valves (eccentric
plug, ball, butterfly) in applications in which operating conditions permit and
cavitation, etc., problems do not arise.
4.11. Actuation/operation
4.11.1. Position indication

The position of the valve obturator (ball, gate, etc.) and direction of closure should be clearly
indicated, regardless of the method of operation.
Page 37 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.11.2. Hand operation

a. Hand operated valves should be closed by turning the handwheel or lever clockwise.
The effort required to operate a valve depends upon its design, operating conditions and
size. It is important to understand that valves fall into two basic groups:
 Those that are closed by application of force or torque pushing the obturator
against the seat (e.g., globe, wedge gate, expanding gate, butterfly).
 Those that are closed by sliding the obturator over the seat until a pre-determined
position is achieved (e.g., ball, plug, slab gate, parallel slide gate).
In the case of forced seal type, increasing the closing force/torque usually reduces seat
leakage; in the case of sliding seal type, additional force/torque has no effect on seat
leakage and may cause damage to the valve.
b. Slab gate valves with internal travel stops should be backed off a small amount from the fully
closed position unless the valve is reverse acting, and a backseat seal is required.
c. Operating forces on handwheel or lever shall not exceed 75 lbs based upon the published
break-away valve torque. The lever length shall not exceed a maximum of 24 inches. Effective
lever length used for calculations shall be the total lever length minus 3 inches. Maximum
handwheel diameter shall be the lesser of valve end to end length times 1.25 or 40 inches. If
the combination of allowable lever or handwheel size and bevel gear still does not satisfy the
maximum allowable force to open the valve, a power actuator shall be required. Valves having
sizes equal to or greater than those specified in Table 6 shall be provided with gearboxes
unless otherwise agreed in writing by the designated BP Technical Authority. In the event of
conflicts between Table 6 and this paragraph, the more stringent of the two shall apply.
In the case of ball valves, operating torque increases at low temperatures and gear
boxes may be necessary for smaller size valves.
Table 6 - Size at which gear operator to be supplied [DN (NPS)]
Valve Type CL 150 CL 300 CL 600 CL 900 CL 1500 CL 2500

Ball (floating) 100 (4) 80 (3) 80 (3) 50 (2) 50 (2) 50 (2)
Ball (Trunnion) 150 (6) 100 (4) 80 (3) 80 (3) 50 (2) 50 (2)
Plug 150 (6) 150 (6) 150 (6) 100 (4) 100 (4) 50 (2)
Butterfly 150 (6) 150 (6) Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
Gate 350 (14) 250 (10) 200 (8) 150 (6) 100 (4) 50 (2)
Globe 200 (8) 200 (8) 150 (6) 100 (4) 80 (3) 50 (2)
Note:
1. This type of valve shall not be used in the services shown.
d. If fast closing valves (e.g., ball valves) are located in systems in which rapid closure could
produce water hammer gear, operators should be considered.
e. Gear operators should be totally enclosed, made from steel or ductile iron, and be suitable for
the site conditions (e.g., onshore, offshore, and subsea). Any lubricants used should be suitable
for use at the site ambient temperatures.
f. It is not good practice to open gate and ball valves (particularly soft seated designs) against a
high pressure differential (e.g., a high proportion of the rated pressure) and if there is no other
way of equalizing pressure a pressure equalizing bypass should be provided around the valve.
Page 38 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Parallel slide gate valves for steam services are normally provided with integral by-pass
connections in size DN 200 (NPS 8) and above. The requirement for a by-pass is subject to the
operating pressure and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Extremely high velocities can be generated in the early stages of opening gate and ball
valves which can damage valve seats (particularly soft seat inserts). It is essential when
opening soft seated ball valves that they opened from the closed to full open in one
action. To hold the valve part open until the pressure has balanced results in a high risk
of seat damage.
g. If valves are operated by hand via a gearbox (or subsea by ROV), the number of turns required
for an open/close operation should always be ascertained since this can be a large number in
the case of large valves – particularly at higher operating pressures. If a valve is frequently
used (monthly or more often) and requires more than 70 turns to fully open or close a valve, a
power actuator shall be required.
h. Gearboxes should be sufficiently low on gearing to prevent back driving from the valve. If
high efficiency gearboxes (e.g., epi-cylic type) alternative means of locking the valve may be
necessary.
i. Gearboxes shall be provided with position indicators for open and closed. The indicators shall
be rigidly secured to the gearbox shaft and shall be designed such that false position cannot be
achieved. In designs where the final position has to be set during build (e.g., epi-cyclic type
gearboxes), the indicator shall be pinned or bolted to the gearbox indicator shaft.
j. Handwheels on gearboxes shall be securely attached to the input shaft by either roll pins or
through drilled bolts. Attachment of handwheels by friction fit grub screws is not acceptable.
A large handwheel fell from a valve whilst the valve was being lifted, resulting in near
miss dropped object incident. Closing action was to ensure all handwheels are securely
attached to gearboxes.
k. If portable pneumatic or hydraulic wrenches are used, the operating pressure should be limited
to a value which does not cause damage to the valve or gearbox. The final part of the operation
should be completed by hand.
The torque multiplying effect of a gear box can result in damage if the input torque is
not restricted.
l. Handwheel keys should only be used in emergencies or if handwheels are known to be
inadequately sized. If employed, they should be used with caution, particularly in the case of
valves having a sliding type closure.
Increased operating torque is usually indicative of a problem that needs to be
addressed. Valve drive trains are often designed for condition of design load at the
input shaft. An increase in load using a wheel key could overstress the drive train.
m. Chainwheel operators should be avoided if possible and should not be used for valves in
threaded lines, valves with threaded bonnets, etc., or valves smaller than DN 50 (NPS 2).
Clamp-on type chainwheels should not be used. Protective cable should be provided and
arranged so the wheel does not drop significantly in the event it becomes loose.
There have been incidents of chainwheels coming loose and injuring operators.
Chainwheels also are difficult to maintain/inspect.
Page 39 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.11.3. Power actuation

Power actuators shall be capable of applying a torque of at least 1.5 times the maximum published
valve torque advised by the valve manufacturer at all points of the open/close cycle at design
differential pressure.
4.11.3.1. Electric motor gear actuator

a. Refer to GP 12-70 for detailed requirements.
Generally slow operation (because of gear reduction). Normally 3 Phase supply but DC
also available. Air motor override devices available for use in case of electrical power
failure. Normally supplied with integral switchgear and position/limit switches. Torque
switches are included for valves that close on rising torque (wedge gate, expanding
gate, globe, etc.). Diagnostic capability comes as standard on the better specified
actuators.
b. Electric motor gear actuators should not be used for shut-down valves.
4.11.3.2. Hydraulic actuator

a. Double acting piston cylinder arrangement: This arrangement should not be used for shut-
down valves.
Very compact (operating pressure typically 200 bar (2 900 psi), but needs external
“power pack.”
Speed of operation dependent on length of lines from power pack (pump) and restriction
orifice size. Fluid can be bypassed around piston to avoid this.
“Electro hydraulic” actuators have a power pack mounted on or integral with cylinder
as a single unit requiring only an external source of electric power.
Gate valves may change position on loss of hydraulic pressure because of unbalanced
pressure of process fluid acting across area of valve stem.
b. Spring to close/open: Spring to close/open may be used for shut-down valves.
Helical coil or disk springs used to provide closing force/torque in one direction only,
opposing the hydraulic cylinder/piston.
Larger than double acting. Needs an external “power pack.”
Partial closure test capability can be built in or added on.
Valve will change position on loss of hydraulic pressure regardless of application.
c. Gas over oil: Gas over oil may be used for shut-down valves.
The energy of the working fluid in a gas pipeline is captured (e.g., in a volume tank via
a check valve) and used to pressurise the oil in a double acting hydraulic cylinder and
provide the motive force (instead of a spring).
Can be bulky because of the gas volume tank.
Like electro hydraulic, often supplied as an integral unit for mounting on the valve.
Partial closure test capability can be built-in or added on.
d. Double acting rotary vane: This should not be used for shut-down valves.
This design uses the hydraulic fluid to rotate vanes mounted on a central shaft within a
cylinder.
Page 40 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Suitable for quarter turn valves only.

Relatively compact.
e. Hydraulic piston with helical spline (and similar): This should not be used for gate valves.
The linear motion of a spring return or double acting hydraulic cylinder is converted
into quarter turn rotation by a helical spline arrangement (see below).
Compact and relatively expensive.
Operating fluid has access to mechanism.
4.11.3.3. Pneumatic actuator

a. Double acting piston cylinder arrangement: This should not be used for shut-down valves.
Uses 4 barg to 7 barg (60 psig to 100 psig) compressed air supply.
Becomes impractically large for high pressure applications and large valves.
Not usually realistic for gate valves.
Gate valves may change position on loss of pneumatic pressure because of unbalanced
pressure of process fluid acting across area of valve stem.
b. Spring to close/open: This may be used for shut-down valves.
Helical coil spring used to provide closing force/torque in one direction only.
Larger even than comparable double acting pneumatic design.
Not usually realistic for gate valves.
Partial closure test capability can be built in or added on.
Valve will change position on loss of air supply regardless of application.
4.11.4. Subsea applications

For subsea applications the only option up to now has been hand/ROV operation or
hydraulic actuators (generally using water based hydraulic fluid that may be vented to
sea), but the prospect of electric operation is getting closer. One reason for the
development of subsea electric power is that, as water depth increases, the size of
hydraulic actuators (for a given valve and operating pressure) also increases.
4.11.5. Conversion of linear to rotary motion

There are three current ways of doing this:
 Use of a scotch yoke mechanism. This device has an output torque/travel
characteristic that closely mirrors the resistive torque characteristic of a ball valve
and, for this reason along with its economy, it has been widely used. There is always
a potential side load on the valve stem and it is important to establish how this is
dealt with in the design or stem seal failure may result. The general standard of
engineering and material selection within the mechanism is also critical since high
contact and sliding loads are generated. In this design the hydraulic or pneumatic
cylinders are usually disposed parallel to the pipe axis.
 Use of a “helical spline.” This was a unique feature of the “Dantorque” design and
may be likened to the mechanism of a child’s spinning top but alternative designs
now exist. Effectively the piston rod slides down a number of parallel inclined
Page 41 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
planes to generate rotation of the mating female component which is connected to

the output shaft. Because of the number of “splines” individual contact forces
appear to be well within the capacity of the materials used. An unusual feature of
this design is that, in some versions, the whole of the housing is pressurised,
increasing the potential for leakage. Very compact with the cylinder disposed
perpendicular to the pipe axis.
 Use of helical grooves in a cylinder. This is a unique feature of the ATC design. It
operates in the same way as the helical spline above but uses a conversion
mechanism similar to the scotch yoke. It is a relatively novel design and claims
great flexibility and compactness. The cylinder is disposed perpendicular to the pipe
axis.
4.11.6. Blocking devices

If a mechanical blocking device (“lock and lock stop”) is used to prevent actuated gate valves (slab
or expanding type) changing position on loss of power all component parts of the device should be
subject to the same design, construction and testing requirements as recommended for valve drive
trains and should be designed to resist maximum actuator output without exceeding allowable
stress. Such devices shall not be used in the case of shut-down valves.
These devices react the maximum actuator thrust and failures have occurred in service.
See Annex C for details.
4.12. Fire safety
4.12.1. General
a. Soft seated valves (e.g., ball, plug and butterfly valves), or valves incorporating soft seals, that
are used in hazardous areas where they could be subjected to fire shall be of a fire type tested
design.
Valves incorporating soft seals usually require additional graphite “fire seals.”
b. Metal seated valves containing elastomer or polymer seat to body seals, stem seals, etc., that
are used in hazardous areas in which they could be subjected to fire should be of a fire type
tested design and may be qualified by a test on a comparable soft seated valve where other
seals and materials are the same.
Metal seated valves containing no elastomer or polymer materials are usually assumed
to be fire resistant by inspection.
c. Valves required to be operated during a fire shall be capable of remote operation from outside
the fire risk area. The complete valve assembly including motor, actuator and cabling shall be
fire protected (e.g., by the application of intumescent coatings or physical shielding).
4.12.2. Fire type testing

a. Valve designs having soft (elastomer or polymer) seating components or that incorporate soft
body seals, stem seals or seat to body seals should be subject to fire type testing in accordance
with ISO 10497 and provided with appropriate certification demonstrating applicability of the
tests to the valves being offered. If valve designs have been type tested before 2005, testing in
accordance with BS 6755 Part 2, ISO 10423 (API 6A), and API Std 607 Issue 3 is acceptable.
b. A type test on a soft seated valve may be used to qualify a metal seated valve having the same
seat to body seals, stem seals and body seals.
Page 42 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
c. If a valve incorporates no soft seals or other parts that could be affected by a fire it may be
considered to be “fire safe” and does not usually require a fire type test.
d. Firesafe graphite seals on the seats of large ball valves should be avoided, particularly in
double piston type valves. The supplier shall demonstrate that the valve can perform
adequately during the firetest without the graphite seals on the seats.
Suppliers can usually demonstrate that large valves can survive the firetest without
graphite seals on the seats due to the short burn period and the high valve mass.
Graphite seals on the seat can conflict with the primary sealing function and can, in
some designs, potentially block or impede pressure from reaching the double piston
chamber. This clause only applies to seat seals and NOT bonnet, body or stem seals.
e. Fire type tests should be conducted by or witnessed by an independent agency.
Sleeved plug valves are capable of passing only the external leakage test. Lined valves
and diaphragm valves cannot pass either test.
4.12.3. Fire type test standards

All fire type test standards expose valves to a simulated fire of a limited duration
(usually 30 minutes) that is considered to provide adequate time for depressurizing and
evacuating a piping system in the event of a real fire. Both through-valve seat leakage
and external leakage are measured. However, it is important to realise the limitations of
such comparative test standards that cannot take into account all the possible fire
scenarios or durations.
New fire type tests should be conducted in accordance with ISO 10497.
Fire type test standards are being reduced from a multiplicity of documents and
requirements into just one that should be universally specified. This is EN ISO 10497
which incorporates requirements appropriate to low pressure valves used in land based
refinery and chemical plants as well as the higher pressure valves common in oil and
gas production. All EU countries and API (refining) have agreed to adopt this standard.
For some time it will be necessary to accept existing test certification relating to (e.g.,
API 607, API 6FA and BS 6755 Pt. 2). Since most of these standards incorporated
comparable requirements, this should not be a problem.
Nearly all fire type test standards work on the principal that a test on a smaller valve
can qualify a larger valve because the latter represents a greater heat sink and
therefore seals etc. would remain cooler than in the former during a test.
It is important to ensure that detail designs and materials of seals in the valve being
purchased are genuinely qualified by the type tested items and materials. Valves should
be certified "fire safe" for flow in both directions.
4.12.4. Materials
a. If fire is a possibility, the following materials should not be used for valve components in
flammable or toxic service, or if integrity must be maintained during a fire (e.g., fire water):
1. Cast, malleable, wrought or nodular iron.
2. Brittle materials or low melting point materials such as aluminium, brass or plastics
except that composite valves which have passed a fire type test may be used in
appropriate applications (e.g., water systems).
Page 43 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Plastic linings and seals should only be used in fire hazardous areas if the nature of the
fluid prohibits the use of fire resistant materials.
b. Low melting point alloy valves such as brass or bronze should not be used for services in
which failure of the valve in a fire would prevent flow to any process pump, steam header or
emergency steam line.
4.13. Relief of cavity overpressure

a. If liquids (or other fluids having a high thermal capacity) are trapped in a valve body cavity
and are subject to heating from a fire or, for example, from steam accessing a closed branch,
there is a potential for extremely high pressures to be generated and some means of relieving
such overpressure should be provided.
In gas service, the pressure increase with temperature normally follows the PVT
relationship, and it is often possible to demonstrate that the valve pressure containment
function would not be compromised in the range of temperatures normally experienced
even if there is trapped fluid in the cavity
In multiphase fluid flow where gas is present, the gas provides a “cushion” to the liquid
expansion. However there may be a significant change in pressure in the valve if the
liquid could boil as the temperature increases. A case by case assessment may be
required.
Standard trunnion mounted ball valves, slab gate valves, and most ball valves with
floating seats normally offer automatic relief of cavity overpressure via the seats into
the pipe.
Some ball valves (e.g., where both seats are double piston type), expanding plug valves,
split wedge gate valves, expanding parallel gate valves and parallel slide gate valves
are not self-relieving and an external overpressure relief arrangement such as an
equalising pipe or a relief valve must be provided.. Some of these designs may have a
body cavity which is sealed in both the open and closed positions.
b. Relief valves should be set, certified, and connected to the body cavity via a (locked open)
block valve (to facilitate testing of the relief valve). Set pressure should be between 1.1 and 1.3
times the main valve pressure rating at operating temperature. The discharge of the relief valve
shall be by agreement.
Most supplier provided relief valves are very simple and fairly crude devices which
vent/relieve to atmosphere, and often have no provision to be connected to a flare
system. This may not be acceptable in many applications.
4.14. Valve leak detection in service
4.14.1. General
It is frequently necessary to identify leaking valves, examples are:
 Identification of losses to flare through leaking relief valves/blow down valves/vents.
 Maintenance planning – identification of leaking valves prior to shutdown.
 Monitoring and assurance of the seat sealing integrity of emergency shutdown
valves (ESDV) and HIPPS valves.
 Assurance of the leak tightness of isolation valves before starting equipment
maintenance.
Page 44 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Troubleshooting – identification of leaking valves on systems.

There are two principal methods of valve leak detection:
 Physical measurement of valve leakage.
 Leak detection using acoustic emission.
4.14.2. Physical measurement of valve leakage

This is recommended to establish leakage of critical valves on new plant and for periodic checks in
which the acoustic technique is used (see below). Leakage can be identified by isolating the
pipework and monitoring pressure decay from or pressure rise of a known closed volume over time.
This technique requires that the piping system has the necessary valves available to
enable isolation of pipework and that these do not themselves leak. It is relatively time
consuming.
For some valves (e.g., HIPPS valves) there may be a statutory requirement for periodic
valve leakage measurements to be taken and system design should provide for physical
readings to be carried out.
4.14.3. Leak detection using acoustic emission

This is recommended for use if an initial physical measurement of leakage has been made and for
monitoring leakage trends.
The technique detects high frequency (ultrasonic) acoustic signals generated by fluid
leaking across the valve seat. It is particularly suited to the detection of gas leakage, but
can also be used with liquid.
Acoustic leak detection is a non-intrusive technique using light, portable, intrinsically
safe, battery operated equipment. It is very quick to perform.
The technique and a method of quantifying gas leakage were developed by BP during
the 1980s and an intrinsically safe version of the equipment developed in partnership
with Physical Acoustics Corporation (PAC). The technology was licensed to PAC in
1993.
Readings can be taken from a valve in about one minute and an estimate of leak rate
made. Typical accuracy is 50 percent to 200 percent of the actual leak rate (i.e., “order
of magnitude”).
The technique is widely used within BP and is a key element of refinery loss control
surveys to identify losses to flare through leaking relief valves. If used in conjunction
with on line set point verification (“Trevitesting”), on line condition monitoring of relief
valves on clean duties is made possible. Other applications include assurance of
leakage integrity of ESDVs.
For further details refer to GN 62-003.
4.14.4. Comparison of techniques

It is recommended that, ideally, initial acoustic emission readings should be taken in conjunction
with a pressure decay type test under controlled conditions to provide a basis for future comparison.
See GN 62-003 Section 8.3.4 for more details.
Acoustic leak testing is less accurate (order of magnitude) than, but extremely quick in
comparison to, physical leakage measurements and is very useful for monitoring trends.
Page 45 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.14.5. Acceptable leak rates

Acceptable leak rates vary widely. For a HIPPS valve protecting a small volume on
liquid service a high degree of closure tightness is necessary whilst a similar system
protecting a long gas pipeline has much greater tolerance of through seat leakage. In
the case of emergency shut-down valves protecting facilities, it is often possible to
tolerate a significant through seat leakage that is usually limited only by the need to
limit the hazard (e.g., fire) to the magnitude assumed in the safety case.
For valves leaking to flare, environmental and economic considerations, based on the cost of lost
product and the cost of intervention, should be assessed to determine acceptable leak rates.
4.15. Non-destructive examination
4.15.1. General
a. The decision about whether or not to apply non-destructive examination (NDE) to valve
materials and finished parts should be based on a criticality approach taking into account the:
1. Working pressure and temperature.
2. Size of the valve.
3. Nature of the hazard presented by the working fluid (toxic/gas/liquid/flammable, etc.).
4. Method of manufacture (cast, forged, etc.).
5. Material of manufacture.
6. Quality history of the manufacturer (if known).
7. Location (land, offshore, subsea).
8. Function of the valve.
9. Consequence of failure.
b. The choice of tests and acceptance standards should be aimed at ensuring integrity without
presenting the manufacturer with insuperable obstacles.
c. The following valves shall be considered quality level 1 unless otherwise agreed:
1. Pipeline and other ESD valves
2. HIPPS valves
3. Any valve providing safety critical element function
4. All subsea valves
5. Blowdown valves
6. Valves isolating key equipment where shutdown for repair could have a major impact in
production
d. DWGOM GP 32-0015 shall be used to determine valve criticality rating.
4.15.2. Test recommendations

a. The test recommendations in Table 7 and Table 8 relate to three Quality Levels (QL3 (basic),
QL2 and QL1) of increasing severity and appropriate testing/acceptance standards are included
in the valve GIS documents. It is intended that the Quality Level be specified by the purchaser.
b. As a minimum, cast valves should be visually examined in accordance with MSS SP-55.
Page 46 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 7 - NDE requirements
Forgings, HIPings,
Castings Plate
NDT of Materials/Components Bar, & Tubulars
QL1 QL2 QL3 QL1 QL2 QL3 QL1 QL2 QL3
Visual examination Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Radiography or U T of critical 1
3 Y Y Y
areas of pressure containing parts
Radiography or U T of entire
Y Y Y
pressure containing parts
Magnetic particle inspection of
machined surfaces of pressure
containing and wetted parts, Y Y Y Y Y Y
including seats, obturator, and
2
bolting
1
entire surface of pressure Y Y Y Y
2
containing parts
Radiography or U T of weld ends
and weld preps (including 50 mm Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
[2 in.] from the end)
Magnetic particle inspection of the
2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
surface of weld end
U T inspection of weld deposited
Y Y Y
corrosion resistant overlay
Liquid penetrant inspection of weld
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
deposited overlay
drive train components, including Y Y Y Y Y Y
2,4
welded parts
1. If quantity of any unique item exceeds five per production batch, inspection may be of 20 percent (rounded up to next
whole number) selected at random. In the event of any failures, entire batch shall be examined.
2. Dye penetrant on non-magnetic materials.
3. Critical sections as determined by 100 percent examination of a prototype. Minimum as defined by ASME B16.34.
Reliance on only the B16.34 defined critical areas is not recommended since foundries can arrange
the process such that these areas are defect-free at the expense of other parts of the casting.
4. For the purpose of NDE, valve stems shall be considered as part of the drive train, not the pressure containing
boundary.
Table 8 - NDE of weldments
Quality Level
NDE of Weldments
QL1 QL2 QL3
Visual Examination Y Y Y
Radiography or U T of full penetration welds Y Y Y
Magnetic Particle Inspection of full penetration welds Y Y Y
Magnetic Particle Inspection of fillet and attachment welds Y Y Y
Page 47 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4.15.3. Test methods

a. If surface examination is being specified, magnetic particle examination in two mutually
perpendicular directions should be applied to ferro-magnetic materials in preference to liquid
penetrant techniques except if access makes this impossible. The yoke method shall be used if
practicable. The dry powder method should not be used. Permanent magnets shall not be used.
When selecting acceptance standards it should be noted that some of those to be found
in commonly used standards (e.g., ASME B16.34) permit linear defects that would be
unacceptably large in situations where the depth of the defect cannot be ascertained and
shown to be innocuous. The Valve GIS takes account of this.
b. If volumetric examination is specified, radiography should normally be applied to carbon and
alloy steel castings and also to austenitic and duplex castings and forgings whilst ultrasonic
testing is preferred for carbon and alloy steel forgings, bar, plate, and hot isostatic pressings
(HIPings).
c. Full penetration welds should always be subject to volumetric examination by ultrasonics or
radiography along with visual and surface examination. Fillet welds should be subject to at
least a visual examination and, preferably, surface examination also.
d. Some defects are not always easily detected by conventional NDE (e.g., microporosity that has
been noted in super duplex castings), and consideration should be given to alternatives (e.g., a
low pressure air test under water).
e. The commercial aspects of any decision should be borne in mind (e.g., if radiography of
“critical sections” is specified). Foundry methods are sometimes adjusted to ensure that these
areas are sound to the detriment of other areas of the casting. Sample testing to 100 percent
coverage should be considered as potentially more effective.
4.16. Welding
The requirements of BP GP and GIS relating to welding are included in valve GIS.
Some of the more important requirements are listed below.
a. Welding, cladding or weld repair undertaken on pressure boundary parts (including seal
welding) should be performed by qualified welders and in accordance with a qualified
procedure. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Records
(PQR) should be furnished for review and approval.
b. If material specifications are not included in the ASME BPVC, Sec IX Table of “P” numbers,
qualification tests should be conducted for each unique material specification.
c. If sour service is specified, the PQR should also meet the additional requirements of ISO
15156 (or NACE MR0103 as specified) and should include hardness checks. For fillet welds
that are qualified by butt welds, the hardness survey should be performed on a sample of the
actual fillet weld.
d. The PQR for fusion welded hard facing should include a hardness survey and finished surface
chemical analysis check. Iron dilution at the finished surface should not exceed 10 percent
(avoids high input, single layer processes).
e. Structural welds in pressure boundary parts should be full penetration butt welds with pre and
post weld heat treatment performed as required by the material specification.
f. If duplex stainless steel materials are to be welded, the procedure qualification should include
a metallographic examination in accordance with ASTM E562 to demonstrate that the ferrite
content is between 35 percent and 65 percent and that the microstructure contains no grain
Page 48 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
boundary carbides and is free of undesirable intermetallic phases. Autogenous welding of

these materials should be avoided.
4.17. Weldment and casting repair

a. Repair of structural welds should be in accordance with the requirements of the piping design
code (ASME B31.3, B31.1 etc.) including any limitations on imperfections in repairs. Repair
of castings for commodity valves should be in accordance with the materials specification.
Weld repairs should be mapped.
b. Limits should be placed on the extent of repair and castings containing through wall defects
should normally be considered unacceptable for the most critical applications. Appropriate
requirements are included in the GIS. Minor defects that do not impinge on the minimum
required wall thickness may be ground out and blended into the adjoining surface. Body
castings shall not be repaired by peening or impregnation.
c. Repairs to carbon steel castings should be post weld heat treated except if excavations are
shallow. Repaired austenitic or duplex stainless steel castings should be solution annealed and
water quenched.
d. Castings that leak through the body of the casting during hydrostatic or gas testing should
normally be rejected and no repairs allowed.
e. Castings requiring defect removal of greater than 50 percent of the wall thickness shall be
reported, and repair methods, if applicable shall be by agreement.
f. Weld repair of material manufacturing defects in forgings and plates is only permitted by
agreement on a case-by-case basis.
4.18. Electrical isolation and continuity
4.18.1. Isolation
The actuators of valves that are cathodically protected (e.g., buried valves) should usually be
isolated. Alternatively the actuator may be electrically bonded to the valve, but will all electrical
and control pipework suitably isolated.
Electrical isolation of valve flanges may be necessary when mating with other valves or
pipe flanges of dissimilar materials.
4.18.2. Continuity
Valves that are cathodically protected should have electrical continuity between metallic parts.
Electrical continuity and earthing (grounding) may be required in fully lined piping
systems in which static discharge can be a problem (e.g., if gasses are flowing at high
velocities or if liquid droplets, solid particles or low conductivity liquids are present).
5. Valve type selection
5.1. Introduction
a. This section considers the factors involved in valve selection and also provides a means of
determining the most suitable type (or types) of block and check valves for a particular
application given basic information about the service conditions.
Page 49 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. A selection chart is provided which, in its spreadsheet form, speedily identifies appropriate
valve types for a given set of selected operating conditions.
c. Valve manufacturers should always be asked to confirm suitability of a particular type for the
required service and specialist advice should be sought in the more complicated cases.
d. New projects should create a project specific valve type selection chart or matrix listing
principal services along with the service conditions and appropriate valve type (including
trim).
5.2. Factors affecting selection

Valve type selection should take into account the:
 Required function.
 Service conditions.
 Fluid type and condition.
 Fluid characteristics.
 Frequency of operation.
 Isolation requirements.
 Maintenance requirements.
 Environmental considerations.
 Past experience in comparable conditions.
 Weight and size.
 Cost.
5.2.1. Required function

Section 7 describes the characteristics of different isolation and check valve types.
5.2.2. Service conditions

If the service is defined as hazardous, cast iron, copper alloy, or plastic valves should not be used.
Pressure and temperature (maximum and minimum) have a major effect on valve
choice. Valves containing elastomer or polymer parts are not normally useable above
200°C (390°F) and some valve types are not useful at high pressure. Section 10 deals
with materials used in valves.
5.2.3. Fluid type and condition

The nature of the working fluid (and, if appropriate, test and dosing fluids) (i.e.,
whether it is a liquid, gas, multi-phase, slurry, etc.), and whether it is clean or dirty
affect valve type selection. Dry gas and solvents such as methanol and methylated spirit
tend to remove all traces of lubricant from valve parts so that, when operated “dry,”
operating forces may need to be two or three times those required in the “lubricated”
condition. Steam service usually excludes valves which incorporate polymer or
elastomer seals etc. Abrasive particles such as catalyst fines or sand cause wear in the
moving parts of valves and, sometimes, erosion of parts in the flow path so only valve
types incorporating very hard (or, sometimes, very soft) trim materials are useful.
Page 50 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
5.2.4. Fluid characteristics

Very viscous fluids and solidifying fluids often require valves to be fitted with trace
heating or steam jackets. Solidifying product may also necessitate a steam purge
facility. Scaling service provides a most difficult environment for valves and designs
which employ self-cleaning features (such as a scraping action) are usually best suited.
Section 6 describes the characteristics of commonly encountered service conditions.
5.2.5. Frequency of operation

Selection of valves which are frequently operated should take into account the fact that shut-off
capability is likely to deteriorate and the fitting of another valve (normally open) in series may be
necessary to ensure adequate isolation.
Most isolation valves are not operated frequently although some may be (valves on
regenerative processes, diverter service, etc.). If operation is infrequent there is likely to
be an increase in the required operating force with time.
5.2.6. Isolation requirements

Very few valve types can maintain completely tight shut-off over a significant period of operation
and this number is reduced still further if the working fluid is gas or if it contains abrasive particles.
This should be taken into account in selection (e.g., some valve types offer a double isolation in a
single body) and in system design (multiple valves, provision of adequately sized venting facilities,
etc.
The need for intervention in a “live” system determines the seat leak tightness
requirements for valves isolating equipment. Shut down valves are rarely required to
shut off tight and is often acceptable with a significant through seat leak rate. Check
valves isolate against gross reverse flow and rarely if ever shut off tight and should be
assumed not to do so in process design.
5.2.7. Maintenance requirements

The location and available facilities etc., affects the possibility for valve maintenance
and therefore affects valve choice. Section 4 considers the effect of maintenance
philosophy on valve type.
5.2.8. Environmental considerations

The required degree of control of emissions to the environment is usually determined by
the nature (flammability, toxicity, searching tendency) of the process fluid or by the
sensitivity of the environment (marine, etc.). Valve stem seals are the most frequent
source of emissions. In general, valves having rotary, quarter turn operation are
inherently less prone to emissions than those with rising stems and the fewer flanged
etc., joints a valve incorporates, the better. See Section 4 deals more fully with this
topic.
5.2.9. Past experience

Past experience should always be taken into account (good and bad) as it relates to comparable
service conditions. Sometimes, however, local expectations are conditioned by a lack of knowledge
of available alternatives.
Page 51 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
5.2.10. Weight and size

Weight and size should not be allowed to determine the valve type if they do not represent a
constraint (e.g., in new, onshore construction). In some applications, though, it is necessary to try to
minimise one or both.
5.2.11. Cost
Whole life cost should be considered, not just the purchase price.
Higher priced valve options frequently turn out to be cheaper on this basis, particularly
if unscheduled plant shut-down can be avoided.
5.3. Selection charts

a. The tables at the end of this section are intended to assist with the selection of block and check
valve types for the more common service requirements. They provide guidance only and users
should ascertain that the service conditions are within valve manufacturer’s recommendations
for any particular valve type.
A link is provided to GN 62-0001 (a spread sheet version of this table) which lists
appropriate valve type selections when the user enters the required operating
conditions.
C:\Data\
Documentum\Checkout\GP 62-01 Sect B Rev. 1 Valve Type Selection Spreadsheet Rev4.xls
Note: The Rev. 2 version of DWGOM GP 62-01-1 disallows use of

expanding plug valves in CL 900 and higher. However, the
table below could not be updated prior to publication of this
STP.
b. If a variety of valve types appear to be suitable, the user should consider past experience for
the service and additional factors which affect valve choice such as speed of operation,
availability, and the factors listed in Section 5.2 which are not considered in the tables.
The less onerous the service conditions, the wider the choice of possible valve types.
c. If any required box is blank the valve type should be discounted from consideration.
d. Further assistance can be obtained from more detailed information given elsewhere in this GP.
In the more difficult cases specialist advice should be sought.
The charts assume that materials are chosen to be compatible with the working fluid,
test fluids and dosing fluids.
Page 52 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
ISOLATING (BLOCK) VALVES SELECTION TABLE Go to Check Valves selection

Please enter operating requirements by clicking drop-down boxes below: table
Pressure Temp Fluid Fluid Fluid Flow Long-term Leak Tightness

Condition Characteristics Resistance
Pressure Temp Fluid Fluid Fluid Flow Long-term

Condition Characteristics Resistance Leak Tightness
GAS-Moderate Leakage Acceptable

LIQUID-Low Leakage Acceptable
GAS-Low Leakage Acceptable

LIQUID-Moderate Leakage
(highest total indicates

Low to med. -50 to + 150C
preferred selection)
Possible Selections
Solid (powder etc.)
Med Cl 300/600
Fouling/Scaling
Dirty/Abrasive
High Cl 900 +
LIQUID-Tight
Cryo. < -50C
High > 150C

Low CI 150
GAS-Tight
Solidifying
Searching
Moderate
Viscous
Normal
Steam
Slurry
Liquid
Clean
High
Gas
Low
Valve Type
Wedge gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Soft seated wedge gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Slab gate (hard metal seated) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Slab gate (soft seated) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Parallel expanding gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(hard metal seated)
Parallel expanding gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(soft seated)
Parallel slide gate 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Knife gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 2 1 1 1 1 0
Rotary disk gate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(metal seated)
Floating ball (metal seated) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 2 1 1 1 1 1 0
Trunnion mounted ball 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(metal seated)
Eccentric ball (“Orbit”) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(metal seated)
Floating ball (soft seated) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Trunnion Mounted ball 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(soft seated)
Eccentric ball (“Orbit”) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(soft seated)
Sleeved plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Lined plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Lubricated semi-balanced plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(Texsteam)
Lubricated balanced plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Lifting (wedge) plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 B 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Expanding plug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Full bore diaphragm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Weir diaphragm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Pinch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Iris 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Straight pattern globe 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Angle pattern globe 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Oblique pattern ('Y' type) globe 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Concentric rubber lined butterfly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Concentric other lining butterfly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Double offset butterfly (rubber seat) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Double offset butterfly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(plastic or metal seat)
Triple offset butterfly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
(metal seat)
Notes:
A May be available but seek specialist advice
B May be suitable – consult manufacturer
C Will usually require steam jacket/trace heating – consult manufacturer
D Valves should incorporate spring. May need heating – consult manufacturer
E All check valves likely to give poor performance
Page 53 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
CHECK VALVES SELECTION TABLE Go to Isolating (Block) Valves

selection table
Please enter operating requirements by clicking drop-down boxes below:
Size Flow Pressure Temp Fluid Fluid Fluid Flow Pig
Size Flow Pressure Temp Fluid Fluid Fluid Flow Pig

(highest total indicates

Low to med. -50 to + 150C
preferred selection)
Possible Selections
> DN 50 to DN 200
Med. Cl 300/600
Fouling/Scaling
DN 50 or less
Dirty/Abrasive
Pulsating flow
High Cl 900 +
Unstable flow
Cryo. < -50C
High > 150C

Low Cl 150
Solidifying
Searching
> DN 200
Moderate
Piggable
Viscous
Normal
Normal
Steam
Slurry
Liquid
Clean
Solid
High
Gas
Low
Valve Type
Lift check - ball 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C1 D E 1 1 0
Lift check - disk 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 0
Lift check - piston 2 1 A 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Swing check (std) 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 C E 1 1 1 1 1 0
Swing check (wafer) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 1 0
Tilting disk check 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 1 1 0
Duo- disk check 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 C1 D E 1 1 1 0
Duo-disk check (wafer) 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 D E 1 1 1 0
Axial flow nozzle check 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D E 1 1 1 1 0
Diaphragm check 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 0
Screw-down stop & check 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 0
Foot 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Plate check 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Notes:
A May be available but seek specialist advice
B May be suitable – consult manufacturer
C Will us ually require steam jacket/trace heating – consult manufacturer
D Valves should incorporate spring. May need heating – consult manufacturer
E All check valves likely to give poor perform ance
6. Service description
6.1. General
a. The characteristics and condition of the process fluid shall be carefully defined.
The characteristics and condition of the process fluid are often the most significant
factors in selecting the correct type of valve. For example, clean fluids generally permit
a wide choice of valve types, whereas for dirty or abrasive fluids, the choice is
restricted. Hazardous (flammable/toxic) and searching fluids require special
consideration to be given to stem body and seat seals.
b. A fluid’s characteristics may fit one or more categories of service.
6.2. Clean service

a. Clean service is a term used to identify fluids free from solids or contaminants.
b. Clean fluids include instrument air, nitrogen and other manufactured gases, potable and
demineralised water, steam, lube oil, diesel oil, methanol, and most dosing and injection
chemicals. Valves for fluids such as oxygen, hydrogen peroxide, and sometimes treated water
or lube oil require special attention to cleanliness of the valve. Valves for potable water must
meet local regulations.
c. Process fluids may be defined as clean depending on which part of the process is being
considered (e.g., dry hydrocarbon gas downstream of scrubbers and dryers).
Page 54 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Clean services are generally less damaging to valves resulting in long-term

performance and reliability. Selection from a wide range of valve types is possible for
most applications allowing greater freedom of choice.
d. If the fluid service is basically clean, attention should be given to protecting valves during
construction and during flushing operations which are unlikely to be clean. This may require
the temporary replacement of valves by spool pieces. Alternatively select a valve type that is
suitable for dirty service.
6.3. Dirty service
6.3.1. General
a. Dirty service is a general term used to identify fluids with suspended solids that may seriously
impair the performance of valves unless the correct type is selected.
b. This type of service is often of major significance since many valves are very sensitive to the
presence of solids.
c. Dirty service may be further classified as generally abrasive or sandy.
6.3.2. Generally abrasive service

a. Generally abrasive service is a term used to identify the presence of abrasive particulate in
piping systems including pipe rust, scale, welding slag, sand, catalyst fines and grit.
These materials can damage seating surfaces and clog working clearances in valves
resulting in excessive operating force, sticking, jamming, and through seat leakage.
Such damage may be caused by particulate for quite low concentrations and of a size as
low as 10 microns.
Abrasive conditions are commonly found during construction, flushing and line clearing
operations.
b. If abrasive conditions are likely to persist during normal operation, a valve suitable for dirty
services should be selected.
Care is required when specifying a valve to replace a valve damaged by abrasive
service, as often the abrasive service may have only been a feature of the
commissioning/construction phase. A like for like replacement may be appropriate in
some cases but not all, depending on the future service conditions.
Typical conditions include naturally occurring particulate in the process fluid (e.g.,
sand from production wells), catalyst from FCCUs and corrosion products from pipe
surfaces that could be caused by, for example, a change in the nature of the fluid, the
injection of dosing chemicals or the release of pipe scale following drying out of the
piping system in gas service.
6.3.3. Sandy service

a. Sandy service is a term identifying severe abrasive and erosive conditions occurring in oil and
gas production in which formation sand is carried through from the well. Sand particle sizes
are typically 50 micron to 450 micron and relatively low concentrations can result in wear and
jamming of inappropriately selected valves.
b. Severe erosion of valve trims and bodies may occur if pressure drop and velocity is high (e.g.,
in chokes and separator level control valves). In the case of block valves, damage is usually as
a result of abrasion (wear of seat inserts, bearings, etc.) Soft seated ball valves shall not be
Page 55 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
used in this service. Note that, in some cases, very fine sand can be carried right through the
process to oil export, and that produced water systems almost always contain sand.
c. Isolating valves intended for this service should ideally be type test qualified by a sand slurry
test such as those specified by ISO 10432 (API 14A) or NEL (ex-BP test).
NEL is the UK Company National Engineering Laboratory (Now part of TUV).
6.4. Fouling/scaling service

a. Fouling or scaling services are general terms used to identify liquids or elements of liquids that
form a deposit on surfaces. Such deposits may vary widely in nature, with varying hardness,
strength of adhesion and rates of build-up.
b. Components for valves in fouling or scaling service shall be selected to resist fouling or scale
build-up.
This is particularly important if thick, hard, strongly adhesive coatings occur. Flexible
surfaces and components (e.g., rubber) can be effective in some cases. Valves which
employ a sliding/scraping action between obturator and seat may also be suitable.
c. Chemical injection, heat tracing, steam jacketing, or steam purging should be considered to
mitigate scaling tendency in this service.
6.5. Slurry service

a. Slurry service is a general term used to define liquids with substantial solids in suspension.
Often the product is the solid and the fluid is primarily the means of transportation (e.g., coal
slurries and catalyst services).
Slurries vary widely in nature and concentration of solids. Hard abrasive solids of high
concentration can cause severe abrasion, erosion and clogging of components. Soft,
non-abrasive solids can cause clogging of components. In certain chemical processes
polymerization may block the cavities preventing valve operation.
b. Careful consideration should be given to valve designs for slurry services.
6.6. Solids
Solids may be present in the form of hard granules, crystals, soft fibres or powders. The
transporting media may be liquid or gas. Air or fluidised bed systems may be used for some
particulates. Specialised valves are available for many of these services, but development work may
sometimes be necessary.
6.7. Hazardous service

a. The term ‘hazardous service’ can usually be assumed to include the following, any of which
may exist in combination with other services listed above.
Specific classification of fluids for the purposes of health and safety legislation requires
specialist advice. This information is often provided on the fluid data sheet.
b. Valves in Category M service, as defined by ASME B31.3 shall comply, as a minimum, with
M307 of that standard.
c. Liquids above their auto-ignition temperature (AIT), or 210ºC if the AIT is not known.
d. Flammable liquids flashing on leakage to form a substantial vapour cloud. This includes LPG,
LNG and NGL condensate.
Page 56 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
e. Flammable fluids at Class 900 rating and above (e.g., hydrocarbon gas).
f. Fluids liable to cause a hazard by blockage due to hydrate formation, solids deposition or
coking.
g. Toxic substances (e.g., chlorine, hydrofluoric acid, hydrogen sulphide, sodium hydroxide,
etc.).
See DWGOM GP 42-10-1 for further details.
h. Hydrogen service - defined as service in contact with hydrogen or gaseous mixtures containing
hydrogen in which the partial pressure of hydrogen is 5 bar (abs), (72.5 psia) or more.
i. Highly corrosive fluids such as acids and caustic alkalis.
6.8. Searching service

a. Fluids with a high propensity for leakage that require special attention in valve design and
manufacture to prevent leakage through pressure containing components, seats, and seals.
b. Includes gasses of low molecular weight such as hydrogen and helium and liquids of low
viscosity such as Dowtherm.
Hydrogen and helium are capable of passing through polymer and elastomer materials
used in seals (e.g., PTFE) because of the natural permeability of such materials.
6.9. Solidifying service

Solidifying service is a general term used to identify fluids that change from liquid to solid unless
maintained at the correct conditions of temperature, pressure and flow. It is a term generally
associated with fluids such as liquid sulphur and phthalic anhydride in which valves of steam
jacketed design may be required or heavy fuel oil in which valves often require heat tracing to
maintain temperature and operability.
6.10. Corrosive service

a. Corrosive service is a term generally used to identify fluids containing corrosive constituents
that, depending on concentration, pressure and temperature, may cause corrosion of metallic
components. Corrosive fluids include sulphuric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid (HFA), wet
acid gas (wet CO2), wet sour gas (wet H2S), and chlorides (e.g., seawater). Many chemicals are
highly corrosive including concentrations of some corrosion inhibitors.
b. Corrosion resistant materials or overlays for valve pressure containing components and trim
should be chosen to prevent the integrity or performance of the valve from being impaired.
Valves are usually manufactured to standard patterns so specifying a particular
corrosion allowance in carbon steel is often not an option. Most valves will have ceased
to function correctly long before the corrosion allowance commonly specified for piping
systems has been used up.
c. The judicious use of overlays (e.g., in the seat pockets and seal surfaces of trunnion mounted
ball valves and slab gate valves) is recommended and can be extremely economical and
effective even if the service conditions are not normally corrosive. In piping systems where the
corrosion allowance exceeds 2 mm, the use of corrosion resistant overlay is recommended.
This is also recommended for other valves where valve functionality is crucial from an
operability perspective (production or critical utilities, etc.).
Corrosive conditions may exist before the valve enters a nominally non-corrosive
service (e.g., if untreated test water is left inside).
Page 57 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
For carbon steel ball, slab, and expanding gate valves NPS 6 and larger, body seat pockets,
seal housings, contact surfaces, flange face ring grooves, and other areas where corrosion of
carbon steel is likely to prevent efficient sealing shall be overlaid with Alloy 625 or austenitic
stainless steel grade 309 when used in any of the following scenarios:
1. Valves specified with criticality ratings 1 or 2.
2. Single-piece body welded end valves.
3. Corrosive services.
4. Produced water service.
5. Water injection service.
6. Product containing a significant proportion of water.
If the manufacturer has the capability to overlay valves small than NPS 6 in these services, this
is highly recommended.
If the manufacturer is not able to provide overlays on valves smaller than NPS 6 in
these services, solid corrosion resistant materials may be considered as an alternative
option with BP approval.
If the purchaser has a preference of alloy, this will be specified. Grade 316 overlay is
acceptable only as a secondary layer where the primary overlay in contact with the carbon
steel is Grade 309. Overlay of other internal surfaces shall be provided if necessary to ensure
efficient valve function.
Overlay shall be a minimum of 3 mm (0.12 in) thick after machining and the weld procedure
qualification report for alloy 625 shall demonstrate not more than 10% of iron content at this
thickness unless otherwise agreed.
d. The following types of corrosion should be considered when selecting valve materials and
designs:
1. Corrosion resulting in general wastage (typical with wet CO2).
2. Crevice corrosion.
3. Galvanic corrosion between dissimilar materials.
4. Pitting corrosion.
5. Sulphide tress corrosion cracking (e.g., of components in wet H2S) and chloride stress
corrosion cracking (depending on concentration, pressure, and temperature).
e. Materials for sour (H2S) service shall conform to ISO 15156 (NACE MR0175) or, if specified
for refinery service, NACE MR0103 and shall be generally in accordance with GP 36-25.
6.11. Viscous service

a. Viscous service is a term that generally identifies a wide range of fluids with pronounced
thickness and adhesive properties. Fluids include high viscosity oils (lube and heavy fuel oil)
and non-Newtonian fluids such as waxy crude, gels and pastes. Valve operating forces/torques
may be increased.
b. Special attention should be given to check valves in which sluggish response may cause
operating difficulties and even hazardous conditions.
Page 58 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
6.12. Vacuum service

a. Vacuum service is a term used to identify systems in which the pressure is permanently or
intermittently below atmospheric.
b. Valves in vacuum service should be capable of sealing in both directions with regard to
glands, body joints, etc.
c. Systems that have the potential to create an unwanted vacuum (e.g., condensing vapours,
tanks, etc.) should normally be fitted with a vacuum breaker valve that admits air
automatically whenever a vacuum occurs.
d. Valves required for vacuum service shall include testing under vacuum conditions.
6.13. High temperature service

This is a relative term with different definitions in different contexts.
6.13.1. Temperatures between 120°C and 200°C (248°F and 392°F) (High temperature in exploration
and production applications)
Care should be taken in the selection of polymer and elastomer seals and seats particularly towards
the high temperature end of the range in which most grades are unusable and where valve pressure
ratings may be reduced. 200°C (392°F) is the effective limit of PTFE.
6.13.2. Temperatures above 200°C (392°F) and below 400°C (752°F)

The only polymer or elastomer materials that can be used are PEEK and Kalrez and then only at the
lower end of the range. Valve seat sealing should normally be hard faced metal to metal and
graphite stem etc., seals are the norm.
6.13.3. Temperatures above 400°C (752°F)

For high temperature (generally above 400°C [752°F]) (e.g., power station steam services), creep
resisting steels must be chosen (e.g., 2 ¼ percent Cr 1 percent Mo or ½ percent Cr, ½ percent Mo,
¼ percent V). Seats and disks require hard facing with alloys of cobalt, chromium and tungsten and
a difference between the hardness of the disk and seat is recommended to avoid galling. Stem seals
are normally graphite except in situations in which this is likely to oxidize (at temperatures above
450°C (842°F) if there is access to air or oxygen.
6.14. Low temperature service (0°C to –50°C [32°F to –58°F])
6.14.1. Impact testing

a. At temperatures between 0°C and –29°C (32°F and –20°F) consideration should be given to
Charpy impact testing ferritic, martensitic and duplex alloys in order to demonstrate adequate
toughness at the minimum design temperature or below. At temperatures below
–29°C (–20°F) these materials should always be tested.
The piping design code, ASME B31.3, allows certain grades of untested carbon and
alloy steels to be used down to –29°C (–20°F) and, historically, there have been no
problems arising from this .Note that in the case of certain materials such as duplex
stainless steel, impact testing is used as a supplementary check on material quality/heat
treatment, and not just a measure of its suitability for use at low temperature.
The following points should be considered when making a decision:
Page 59 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
1. Will the plant be depressurized/shut-down or at operating pressure when the low

temperature occurs?
2. Would the plant be re-started immediately after the low temperature has occurred, so that
residual low temperature and high pressure stress could occur simultaneously?
3. Is the source of raw materials for pressure boundary parts one which has historically been
shown to be able to provide non-brittle materials without testing?
b. Impact testing should always form part of welding procedure qualifications if impact testing of
the material to be joined is required or, for ferritic and duplex materials, if the minimum
design temperature is below 0°C (32°F).
Note that impact testing of welds made in austenitic steels used below -29°C.
c. The following is a guide to the minimum Charpy V-notch impact energy values that should be
expected from carbon and alloy steel material:
1. Average (Joules) = [min. specified yield (or 0.2 percent proof) strength (MN/m2)/10].
2. Individual (Joules) = 0.75 x Average.
d. If materials are to be welded the average impact energy value should be increased by 10
Joules.
e. Most non-ferrous materials such as copper, copper alloys, aluminium, and nickel alloys may
be used for low temperature service and need not be tested. 2 1/2 percent nickel steels may be
used down to –57°C (–71°F), lower temperatures being obtained with increased nickel content.
f. Austenitic stainless steels retain acceptable properties even under cryogenic conditions and
need not be tested.
g. Duplex stainless steels generally exhibit relatively high toughness. Test requirements and
impact energies should be in accordance with GN 36-016.
6.14.2. Cast iron

Cast iron should not normally be used for low temperature service. If this is unavoidable (e.g.,
gearbox cases at low ambient temperature) only nodular (SG) grades of iron should be used which
incorporate impact testing in the material specification or are otherwise tested.
6.14.3. Elastomers
a. The practice of specifying a minimum system design temperature equal to the impact test
temperature of the piping material, frequently adopted by process engineers, should be
avoided. The object should be to specify the highest minimum temperature consistent with
safe operation.
Definition of valve minimum design temperatures needs the maximum possible
refinement when elastomer sealing materials are involved, including consideration of
whether the condition is transient (which usually does not affect the seals) or long term.
b. When a choice has to be made between explosive decompression resistance and low
temperature resistance in gas service it is usually safest to go for decompression resistance
except if low temperatures are persistent or permanent.
Elastomer sealing materials present a particular problem at low temperatures,
especially in gas service where selection is complicated by the need for resistance to
explosive decompression (e.d.).
Page 60 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
6.15. Cryogenic service (below –50°C [–58°F])

a. Valves for cryogenic applications should comply with and be type tested to BS 6364 or an
equivalent standard.
b. Carbon, low alloy and duplex steels should not be used.
c. Non-metallic materials should be restricted to PTFE and graphite.
There are very few non-metallic materials that can be used, PTFE and graphite being
the most common. The only elastomer that is usable below –50°C (–58°F) is silicone
rubber and this has poor mechanical properties.
d. Depending on the service fluid, valves should be degreased and assembled in clean conditions.
See Section 8.5.
6.16. Anhydrous ammonia service

a. Copper and copper based materials should not be used in this service.
b. Steels should have a maximum yield strength of 350 N/mm2 (36 ksi) (i.e., low strength steel)
and welds in steel components should be stress relieved.
6.17. Chloride service

a. The chloride content of test water for stainless steel valves should be limited to 30 ppm - lower
if evaporation and concentration is likely – and pH should be controlled between 6 and 8.5. If
it is known that the service temperature will not exceed 50°C (120°F) chloride content may be
increased to 200 ppm max.
Stainless steels may be susceptible to stress corrosion cracking in chloride containing
environments at temperatures above 50°C (120°F) depending on the concentration and
stress level. The chloride limit on test water is seldom a problem in practice –
manufacturers in soft water areas easily meet it using tap water and manufacturers in
hard water areas would not meet even a much higher limit without use of water
treatment.
b. Austenitic and martensitic stainless steel in seawater service should be cathodically protected.
6.18. Sour (wet H2S) service

a. This service can cause sulphide stress corrosion cracking of metallic materials, particularly if
surface hardness is not strictly limited. Materials for sour service shall comply with ISO 15156
(NACE MR0175) or, if specified for refining service, NACE MR0103 and shall be generally
in accordance with GP 36-25. This limits the hardness of all steels, requires austenitic steels to
be solution annealed, proscribes the use of certain materials for pressure retaining boundary
parts (including valve stems) and provides special requirements for bolting, welding, etc.
Estimating the degree of sourness can be a complex process, particularly in the case of
gas-oil mixtures.
b. ASTM A564/A564M, Grade 630 (17/4 PH) precipitation hardening stainless steel) should not
be specified or used for new valve stems or shafts. Valves with 17/4 PH SS stems already in
service or in stock may continue in use where experience has been good and where it can be
confirmed that the sourness of the service has not recently increased.
Page 61 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
NACE MR0175 limits the acceptable partial pressure of H2S for 17/4 ph to a very low
value, and BP reduces the value further. This makes the material unusable for valve
stems.
c. Valve body-bonnet bolting need not meet the requirements of ISO/NACE in cases where the
material could not be subjected to pressurized process fluid. If any leakage of sour product is
not able to drain away or evaporate (e.g., insulated valves) bolting should be in accordance
with the standard.
The imposition of a hardness limitation also results in reduced strength. More or larger
bolts may be required.
6.19. Hydrogen service

a. Carbon steel may be used for hydrogen service up to a maximum temperature of 230°C
(446°F). The material should be selected in accordance with API RP 941 (Nelson Curves).
The choice depends upon the mixture of free hydrogen and other fluids at particular
hydrogen partial pressures and temperature).
b. Particular attention should be paid to gland etc., sealing.
Because of the searching nature of hydrogen high integrity/low emission arrangements
will usually be necessary.
6.20. Hydrofluoric acid service

Valves should be restricted to those types which have been demonstrated in service or by test to
handle hydrofluoric acid (HFA) service successfully. Generally, valve types which do not provide
opportunities for the accumulation of solid matter are preferred.
This service occurs in refinery alkylation plants. The substance is toxic (see above). If
HFA comes into contact with water and carbon steel a scale is formed (iron fluoride)
which can block pipes and valve cavities and adhere to the metallic sealing surfaces of
valve gates and seats. For this reason HFA alkylation service represents one of the most
difficult for valves. Since, in practice, it is often difficult to keep all water out of the
system, sleeved plug valves are frequently chosen for this service because they exclude
the process fluid from the sealing surfaces and have a plug cleaning/scraping action
during operation. All alkylation processes are operated under licence from the
technology owners who place strict controls on recommended valve vendors. This may
limit the freedom of the operator to experiment with alternatives.
6.21. Wet CO2 and chlorine service

When choosing materials for wet CO2 or wet chlorine service, specialist advice should be sought.
Wet CO2 usually requires a fully corrosion resistant material. This can be achieved
either by using valves made from solid alloy or by cladding carbon steel with a layer of
corrosion resistant material.
6.22. Oxygen service

a. For oxygen service, valves should be thoroughly degreased, cleaned and assembled in clean
conditions.
b. Bronze or Monel body and trim materials are recommended to prevent sparking and ignition
as a result of high energy mechanical impact.
Page 62 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
High energy shocks may occur in liquid oxygen systems dislodging debris from valve
seats.
7. Valve function and description
7.1. Isolation (block) valves
7.1.1. General
a. Valves intended for starting and stopping flow or for isolation of equipment should generally
be selected to provide:
1. Low resistance to flow (low pressure drop) (e.g., by means of a straight through flow
configuration which may also facilitate line clearing).
2. Bidirectional sealing (i.e., providing good shut-off when the flow or pressure differential
is from either direction).
b. If flow is not necessary (e.g., isolation of instrument piping) valve types such as needle and
globe, having a high resistance to flow, may be used. These valve types may be used to
provide crude flow control. Such valves should not be used in fouling or solidifying service.
The most common types of block valves include:
 Gate valves – wedge/parallel slab/parallel expanding/parallel slide.
 Ball valves – floating ball/trunnion mounted; metal/soft seats.
 Butterfly valves – double or triple offset/rubber lined.
 Plug valves – lubricated balanced/sleeved, lined/expanding/lift.
 Diaphragm valves – weir/full flow/pinch.
 Globe valves – straight/angle/Y pattern/needle/piston/stop and check.
All find application in process or utility service.
7.1.2. Isolation efficiency

a. Soft seated valves should normally be selected only for clean service and where they can be
protected from the abrasive conditions associated with line clearing and flushing.
b. Hard metal seated valves should normally be selected if the service is other than clean or if
protection of soft seated valves cannot be guaranteed.
Soft seated block valves, such as ball valves, lined plug valves, soft seated gate valves,
and butterfly valves can provide a good tight shut-off on gas or liquid when new, but
sealing performance of some types may deteriorate rapidly in service which is other
than clean including conditions associated with plant start-up.
Metal seated valves may also give tight shut-off on liquid when new, but it is usually
wise to allow for a small amount of leakage on test and on gas service. Sealing
efficiency in service may vary with pressure, temperature, working fluid, etc., but
sealing performance of hard coated metal seated types do not usually deteriorate
dramatically. For dirty/abrasive service or high pressures/temperatures they are usually
the only option.
Lined plug valves and some elastomer seated butterfly valves can also perform well in
dirty service at low pressure, but triple offset butterfly valves having (relatively soft)
metal seal rings usually do not. Butterfly valves vary greatly in design with varying
Page 63 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
degrees of leak tightness. Types having double or triple offset disk can provide good
isolation capability. However, since seat sealing faces are continuously exposed in the
valve open position, most types are vulnerable to damage from objects in the flow and
this usually affects long term shut-off integrity.
Metal to metal lubricated taper plug valves have good isolation characteristics provided
that materials are selected to avoid corrosion and sealant is injected as per
manufacturer’s instructions (e.g., prior to operation or after a number of operations).
As a minimum, they should be re-injected at plant turnarounds. If the grease paths of
plug valves become blocked with solids, grease injection can be compromised. Ensuring
the valves are greased regularly minimises risk of blockage. Hard seated options are
available for use in dirty/abrasive service.
c. For high temperature service (> 200°C [390°F]) only metal seated valves should be used.
d. For steam service, parallel slide valves are the preferred option in which high temperature
swings occur after valve closure, at battery limits, or as isolating valves in which equipment or
plant may be taken out of service. Wedge gate valves may be used as an alternative for general
isolation duty or if good, low pressure leak tightness is required.
Parallel slide valves close on position, not by application of force, so the load on the
stem does not increase when temperature changes occur after closure. Wedge gate
valves can be jammed further into the seat in such circumstances so that they become
difficult to open.
It is important to understand the difference between those valve types which shut off by
application of a high closing force/torque and those which shut off because the
obturator has achieved a particular position (see Table 9). In the latter case, increasing
the shut-off torque does not affect sealing efficiency and may cause damage.
Table 9 - Method to achieve valve shut-off
Valve Type Shut off By:

Torque/Force Position
Gate (wedge, expending) 
Gate (slab, parallel slide) 
Ball (floating and trunnion mounted) 
Ball (Orbit, Konosphera, Klyde) 
Butterfly 
Plug (sleeved, lubricated balanced) 
Plug (expanding and wedge [lift] type) 
Globe 
Diaphragm/Pinch 
7.1.3. Reduced bore valves

a. Reduced bore or venturi pattern valves should be selected when minimum weight, cost and
operating time are required.
Pressure drop through the valve can be up to twice that of a full bore valve but is
generally negligible in relation to the whole piping system, particularly in gas or
vapour service.
b. Reduced bore ball valves shall be in accordance with API 6D, Table 1. For valve sizes smaller
than NPS 2, refer to API 608.
Page 64 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
c. If reduced bore valves are used, the following additional criteria should be satisfied:
1. The increased pressure drop is considered in the design of the piping.
2. The reduced section modulus is considered in the piping flexibility design.
3. Not to be used in horizontal lines which are sloped for continuous draining.
4. Drains are installed at all additional low points caused by the installation of reduced bore
valves.
5. Not to be used in erosive applications such as sandy service, slurries, or fluidized solids
without an analysis of the effects of erosion.
6. Not to be used in severe fouling, solidifying, or coking services.
7. Not to be used in lines specified to be mechanically cleaned or “pigged.”
8. Not to be used as block valves associated with pressure relief devices and flare pipe
headers.
d. Plug valves are invariably of reduced flow area, usually having a trapezoidal cross section.
7.1.4. Gate valves
7.1.4.1. General
Gate valves are used for on/off operation on hydrocarbon, general process and utilities
service for all temperature ranges. They have a straight through configuration.
Gate valve types are:
 Wedge.
 Expanding Parallel (internal wedge)*.
 Parallel Slab*.
 Parallel Slide+.
 Knife-edge.
* Usually provided as “through conduit” which offers an uninterrupted pipe bore in the
fully open position.
+ Also available in “through conduit” version.
a. Extended bonnets are available (and should be specified) for cryogenic service.
b. Gate valves should not be used:
1. In horizontal lines transporting heavy or abrasive slurries in which sediment may become
trapped in the pocket below the valve seat, preventing closure.
Reverse acting through conduit and knife-edged types are unaffected by this.
2. For throttling duties as the valve is very inefficient at controlling flow.
Full flow persists until the valve is 80 percent closed and very high velocities can be
generated. Erosion of seats and gate, etc., may cause leakage.
7.1.4.2. Operating arrangements

Hand operated gate valves usually have the following stem arrangements:
 Inside screw, non-rising stem.
Page 65 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Outside screw, rising stem.

a. An outside screw, rising stem valve should be the normal first choice as it is easier to
maintain, allowing access for lubrication of the thread. In marine environments the rising stem
and threads should be protected against corrosion.
b. If headroom is limited, an inside screw, non-rising stem type valve may be specified. The stem
thread is within the body and is exposed to the line fluid and may be susceptible to seizure in
dirty or sandy services.
c. Internal screw designs should not be specified:
1. If frequent operation is likely.
2. For horizontal pipes in which the valve stem is also horizontal.
3. For service having significant solids content.
4. For corrosive or searching fluids.
5. For dry gas service.
d. For critical applications of internal screw designs, evidence of adequate cycle life in the
proposed operating conditions should be obtained.
e. Gear operated gate valves can take many handwheel turns to open/close and the vendor should
be asked to advise the number of turns required. If this would lead to unacceptably long
operating time, consideration should be given to the provision of a pneumatic turning device
or an electric motor actuator (see Section 4.11).
Page 66 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.3. Wedge gate valve
Figure 3 - Wedge gate valve (outside screw)
This is the most common type of gate valve. Closure is obtained by driving a taper
wedge gate between two similar taper wedge seats.
Steel wedge gate valves are classified by wedge type: plain solid wedge, flexible solid
wedge (having a groove cut around the circumference, see Figure 4) and split wedge
(two separate halves). A flexible solid wedge may more easily accommodate misaligned
seats and minimise galling of sealing surfaces, but the degree of flexibility is extremely
limited in small sizes. A plain solid wedge may be more difficult to grind to an accurate
fit. Seats are always fixed. Solid and flexible wedge gate valves are good general service
block valves offering a good sealing capability with low pressure drop. A 100 percent
shut-off capability cannot always be relied upon however, and slight leakage may occur
with variations in temperature and pressure after being in service for some time.
Page 67 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 4 - Flexible wedge
a. Standard steel wedge gate valves should normally be specified with outside screw and yoke,
rising stem, non-rising handwheel, and bolted bonnet.
b. Valves less than DN 50 (NPS 2) should normally have solid wedges and larger valves for
general service should normally have flexible wedges. Split wedges should be reserved for
steam applications in which good low differential pressure sealing is required and comparable
applications in which a parallel slide valve cannot be used.
Wedge gate valves are prone to ‘thermal wedging’ when subjected to temperature
changes after closure resulting in high “break-out” forces. In these and similar
conditions, where the valve body may deform following a change in process conditions,
a split wedge type valve may be preferred. The two-piece gate can adjust to changes in
seat angle thus maintaining a better seal. Break-out forces are equally high, however.
c. Split wedge gate valves in liquid or condensing service which are used in situations in which
heat (process, fire, etc.) may be applied to a closed valve should be provided with a means of
relieving pressure built up in the body cavity. If this involves making the valve unidirectional,
the flow direction shall be clearly marked.
The same problem could theoretically occur with solid or split wedge gate valves, but,
in this case, distortion of the body at high pressure usually causes venting to occur
across the seats and into the pipe.
d. Services with abrasive particles or applications in which wire drawing is possible require hard
faced wedges and seats.
Wedge gate valves may have seating problems on dirty service due to material
collecting on seats or in the body cavity of the valve, but may offer a better life on such
service than soft seated ball valves. Slab gate types are a better choice for such services
because the gate cleans the seat and there is less chance of solids entering body
cavities.
Page 68 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Some special rubber seated designs of wedge gates have good sealing characteristics
when used on applications containing solids, but have limited pressure and temperature
range. Other soft seat materials may give improved shut-off capability but are usually
damaged by hard particles and are not suitable for dirty service.
e. Slab or expanding gate valves are preferred for high pressure gas service.
A wedge gate valve does not shut off against high pressure gas as efficiently as a slab or
expanding gate valve.
f. If large wedge gate valves are mounted with stems horizontal in a horizontal pipe, gate guides
should have a minimum length of 50 percent of the valve DN (NPS). If flexible or solid wedge
gate valves are installed below the horizontal, the valve bonnet should be provided with a
drain. Split-wedge and double-disc gate valves should only ever be installed with the valve
stem vertical.
It is essential to provide adequate support of the gate if unacceptable stem deflection,
galling, and/or stem packing leakage are to be avoided.
g. Cast iron valves should not be used except for underground water services where freezing is
not a possibility, and where the piping specification permits.
h. Class 150 stainless steel wedge gate valves are sometimes specified in accordance with
API 603 which allows reduced wall thickness on the grounds that the material does not
corrode. If this is done, the general requirements of GIS 62-011 should be met. API 603 valves
should not be used if the specified corrosion allowance of the connecting pipe exceeds 0.7 mm
(0.03 in.) or for pressure ratings greater than Class 150.
Gate valves < DN 50 (NPS 2) are normally provided with reduced (sometimes called
conventional or standard) port in accordance with the minimum diameters specified in
the reference standard (e.g., ISO 15761). Full port valves may be available at increased
cost/delivery. These valves are also available with extended body outlets which can be
used instead of gate valve-plus-pipe nipple assemblies.
Page 69 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.4. Parallel expanding gate valve
Figure 5 - Parallel expanding gate valve
This valve has a split gate with parallel sealing faces, inclined internal surfaces and
parallel seats. The two gate halves are forced out against the seats at point of closure,
providing a tight seal without the assistance of fluid pressure. Seats may be fixed or
floating. Valves are normally of through conduit design, but may also be available
without a conduit. They are heavier than comparable wedge or slab gate valves.
a. When ordering, it is essential to be clear about the functionality required – gates which seal
against the seats in the closed position only or gates which seal against the seats in the open
and closed positions; unidirectional or bidirectional sealing.
Designs are available which close off the valve cavity in the open position (double
expanding gate) so that the body cavity is sealed off from the pipe in both open and
closed positions. These valves can be prone to inadvertent gate expansion during
opening and some mechanism is required to prevent this happening. Some designs may
have a preferred sealing direction.
b. Expanding gate valves are not recommended for frequent operation in sandy/abrasive service.
Designs with electroless nickel plated (ENP) gates are suitable for clean service only.
Page 70 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
If gate and seat faces are tungsten carbide coated, the design has reasonable tolerance
to dirty service. However, the expanding gate valve is not as good as the slab gate valve
in this respect and the expanding action can tend to trap hard particles between gate
and seat.
c. Internal screw designs should not be specified where frequent operation is likely.
Expanding gate valves are usually of external screw, rising stem design, but may also be
obtained in internal screw versions.
d. Expanding gate valves should not be used on steam service.
The increased differential pressure resulting from condensate forming in the body cavity
after closure may result in leakage and operating forces may increase as a result of
thermal changes after closure (as for wedge gate design).
e. In liquid or condensing service, an external thermal relief valve (isolated by a locked open
block valve) and set between 1.1 x and 1.33 x valve rated pressure should be provided to
prevent body cavity overpressure.
Extremely high pressures can be generated if liquid is trapped in the body cavity of a
closed valve in the event of a fire. The block valve allows periodic inspection and set
point testing of the relief valve.
f. Drive train design is critical in this type of design, as the drive train is exposed to full
actuator/gearbox load every time the valve is operated (See Annex C).
Many valves such as ball valves and slab gate valves operate on position only, so the
valve is only subjected to sufficient load to operate the valve. Valves requiring load to,
set such as expanding gate valves, will be loaded to the maximum actuator output each
cycle.
Page 71 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.5. Slab gate valve
Figure 6 - Slab gate valve (outside screw)
This valve has a single parallel faced slab gate, which slides over floating seats. Sealing
is by differential pressure. The gate design is always of the through conduit type
incorporating an aperture the same diameter as the valve bore. When the gate is in the
fully open position it allows free and uninterrupted flow. Valves may have rising stem or
be of non-rising stem, internal screw type (see Figure 7). They can be obtained with a
reduced bore, and are available in reverse acting version in which the gate rises to
close the valve (commonly for actuated designs). This allows some of the closing force
to be provided by the pressure inside the valve body acting over the sealed area of the
stem, a feature which is particularly advantageous in HIPPS applications.
The valve preferentially downstream seals, by action of the gate on the valve seat.
Depending on the design, the valve may also upstream seal but this normally requires
the seat to have a bidirectional sealing function, and this is easiest achieved by the use
of O-rings between seat and body. In applications where O-rings are not suitable, the
upstream sealing may require the use of two opposite facing lip seals.
Page 72 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 7 - Slab gate valve (internal screw)
The floating seats are pressure energised onto the gate. Operating forces can be
predicted much more accurately than is the case for wedge or expanding gate valves (or
trunnion mounted ball valves) and are generally lower. This is an advantage when
sizing actuators.
The basic design is suitable for use on a wide range of applications (e.g., well head
isolation, process piping, storage tanks and pipeline service).
a. When ordering, it is important to be clear about the sealing functionality required or being
offered - “downstream sealing” or “upstream + downstream sealing” (See Figure 8 and
Figure 9).
Page 73 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 8 - Downstream sealing slab gate valve
Figure 9 - Upstream and downstream sealing slab gate valve
The latter design may be used to provide double isolation in which the gate is free to
float on the end of the stem, but operating forces are higher than for comparable
downstream only sealing types. Christmas tree gate valves are most often downstream
Page 74 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
sealing only, but pipeline and piping valves are frequently “upstream + downstream
sealing” (e.g., O-ring seals are used between seat and body).
b. Valves having tungsten carbide coated gates and seats should be specified for dirty or abrasive
service. Designs with electroless nickel plated (ENP) gates or incorporating polymer seat ring
inserts are suitable for clean service only.
c. Flat sided, fabricated designs are economical in terms of space and cost, but it is recommended
that their use should normally be restricted to the lower pressure ratings ( Class 600) unless
the design is justified by finite element analysis.
7.1.4.6. Parallel slide valves
Figure 10 - Parallel slide gate valve
a. Recommended for steam isolation, feed water isolation and blowdown applications (they
should be used in tandem with a sacrificial globe valve).
The gate design of parallel slide valves comprises two parallel faced sliding discs
maintained in close contact with fixed seats by a spring. Effective closure is obtained by
differential pressure of fluid forcing the downstream disc against the mating seat.
Because of this, the valve does not provide tight shut-off at low or zero differential
pressure. On opening, the discs slide over the seat faces completely clear of the bore
giving full flow through the valve and through conduit versions incorporating an eye
piece are available.
Page 75 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Sealing capability and operability are virtually unaffected by wide temperature

variations.
Parallel slide gate valves are always of external screw, rising stem design.
Operating forces can be predicted much more accurately than is the case for wedge
gate valves and are generally lower. This is an advantage when sizing actuators.
b. Parallel slide gate valves (like split wedge and expanding gate valves) in liquid or condensing
service and which are used in situations in which heat (process, fire, etc.) may be applied to a
closed valve should be provided with a means of relieving pressure built up in the body cavity.
If this involves making the valve unidirectional, the flow direction shall be clearly marked.
c. If small (< DN 50 [NPS 2]) parallel slide valves are used on liquid systems, similar measures
should be taken to relieve cavity overpressure regardless of heat considerations.
Parallel slide valve stems continue to be inserted into the body cavity after a seat seal
has been made. In small size valves this can result in high pressures being generated
owing to the piston effect. The required operating force also increases.
d. Drilling of discs to obtain cavity relief is not acceptable.
Page 76 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.7. Venturi design gate valve
Figure 11 - Venturi pattern gate valve
This is the name sometimes given to reduced bore gate valves (particularly parallel
slide type).
Page 77 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.8. Knife-edge gate valve
Figure 12 - Knife-edge gate valve
Knife gate valves should not be used on hazardous service or at other than low pressure.
This valve has a bevel or knife-edged single piece parallel sided gate, and is designed to
handle slurries, solids, etc., liable to obstruct a wedge gate. The knife-edge pushes aside
or cuts through solids in the flow. Valves generally have rectangular bodies and are
sometimes sealed around the gate. The valve is generally designed to manufacturer’s
standards. A stainless steel bonnetless version is addressed in MSS SP-81.
Page 78 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.9. Rotary disk gate valve
Figure 13 - Rotary disk gate valve
This is a quarter turn valve based either on the parallel slide gate type or the slab gate
type. The valve functions in the same way as these designs except that the gate or disk
moves through a 90 degree arc instead of in a linear fashion.
The design based on the parallel slide usually has a single disk with fixed seats and is
downstream seating. The slab gate version has pressure energised seats and can be
either downstream or upstream plus downstream seating. Both designs rely on pressure
differential to affect a seal between the gate and seat. Sizes tend to be limited by the
diameter of the cylindrical pressure retaining shell necessary to accommodate the lever
arm and disk.
Gate seat faces are usually carbide coated and all designs are recommended for dirty service. The
single disk type in particular is excellent with abrasive slurries or scaling service.
Small diameter versions are made for subsea control/dosing applications and there is a
version with multiple holes drilled through the seat which is intended for flow control
applications.
Page 79 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.4.10. FCCU gate valve (slide valve)
Figure 14 - FCCU gate valve
A specialised design of gate valve for use at high temperatures and low pressures on
FCCU gas service containing catalyst fines. Always of fabricated construction with
rectangular body section. Two types are available:
 Hot wall – the body is designed to withstand the service temperature
 Cold wall – the body is internally insulated with ceramic, etc.
Stem sealing is a major issue because of the difference in diameter between the stem
inside and outside the valve as a result of temperature differential.
If valves are provided with split packing arrangements, these should meet the general requirements
specified elsewhere in this GP.
Page 80 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.5. Ball valve
7.1.5.1. General
Ball valves are a low torque quarter turn valve, with low resistance to flow, suitable for
many on-off utility and process services. They have a straight through configuration.
They have a good control characteristic (equal percentage), but is not generally used
for throttling applications in their standard form because of the potential for seat
damage and cavitation (high pressure recovery). Designs include floating ball and
trunnion mounted ball types. Most designs are double seated, but there are some special
single seated designs (e.g., eccentric ball [Orbit] types).
a. The majority of valves have soft seat inserts and elastomer or polymer seals. Such valves are
recommended for clean service only and are unsuitable for dirty/abrasive service or high
temperatures.
Soft seated ball valves are excellent for clean service, but are easily damaged by hard
particles which can become embedded in seat ring inserts and score the plating of balls.
Such conditions often exist during construction and commissioning even when the
service itself is clean.
b. Hard metal seated designs are suitable for abrasive and scaling service and versions having
graphite stem, etc., seals can be used at elevated temperature. In small particle slurry service
specific measures should be taken to exclude solid material from seat pockets, trunnion
bearings, etc.
If the fluid is dirty or hard particles are present, hard faced balls and seats are
necessary (slab gate valves may be preferred for some of these services). Solids can also
become trapped in the seat cavities and trunnion bearings of both soft and metal seated
valves causing jamming unless precautions are taken to exclude them (e.g., shrouded
seats, vented O-ring). For some services, design features such as purge connections,
heat tracing and special scraper seats may be essential to ensure satisfactory operation
of metal seated ball valves. Scrapers must be designed in a way that ensures the valve
cannot seal on the scraper components.
c. Reduced opening valves should normally be specified for lines which do not have to pass pigs
and if the increased velocity and pressure drop can be accommodated. They are not
recommended for fluids containing solids in which the resulting high velocity could cause
erosion. Minimum bore size determines size, weight, and cost, so competitive offers of
reduced bore valves should always be compared on this attribute.
d. Levers should be mounted such that in the open position, the lever is parallel to the pipe axis.
Because smaller valves are lever operated (fast open/close), the possibility of accidental
operation should be considered.
Latching mechanisms are available to prevent this, but may be position sensitive.
e. If “water hammer” would be unacceptable on liquid systems, valves should be gear operated.
7.1.5.2. Body design

There are three basic body designs:
 End or side entry (ball fitted through body ends).
 Top entry.
 All welded design.
Page 81 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
All may be obtained in full opening (full bore) or reduced opening (reduced bore)
versions.
End entry valves may comprise a single piece body (usually small, low pressure designs
with a threaded seat retainer (see Figure 15) or a split body. Split-body valves can be
two or three piece (see Figure 16). When selecting the valve, it is essential to ensure the
screwed insert in the valve body has been designed for end of line application, and does
not rely on the flange to support the insert.
Figure 15 - Floating ball valve (single piece body)
Page 82 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 16 - Floating ball valve (three piece body)
a. The removal of the central section of three piece valves is only recommended in small
sizes/low pressures.
It is often possible to remove the central section of small, three piece body valves from
the line leaving body connectors attached to mating pipework. This can be useful if weld
ends are used. The body connectors usually retain the ball seals so the removal and
replacement of the body could affect seal loading. In the case of larger end entry
designs the whole body assembly has to be removed as a single item. The body
connections must include firesafe seals when used in hydrocarbon services.
b. If larger size (e.g., > DN 150 [NPS 6]) end entry valves are manufactured to order, at least one
valve of each unique size and rating should be hydro-tested with blank flanges or welded end
caps so as to load the body joints. Bolting torque for other valves should then be confirmed to
be identical.
It is important to ensure that the joints of end entry valves are correctly made up with
adequate bolt load since they have to transmit pipe bending moments, etc. Hydrotesting
in a test fixture which reacts hydraulic end load in tie bars (common practice) ensures
that no longitudinal load is applied to the main body joints.
Top entry designs (see Figure 17) have the advantage of only a single leak path to the
environment which is not subject to piping loads and offer the possibility of in-situ
maintenance. In practice, in-situ maintenance may be limited by the valve location,
weight of ball, availability of lifting, etc., equipment and removal of the complete valve
is often necessary.
Top entry designs can be of particular value in production manifold applications where
a single valve repair may require the shutdown of all incoming production to the
manifold and where valve accessibility and piping stiffness make it difficult and time
Page 83 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
consuming to remove valves from the line for repair. A small increase in production
downtime for such a repair can more than negate any cost savings afforded by the
utilization of end entry valves rather than top entry valves. Therefore, within practical
limits, top entry valves are preferred for production manifold applications.
Figure 17 - Top entry trunnion mounted ball valve
c. Hard metal seated designs having all welded bodies should normally be avoided because of the
risk of experiencing seat sealing problems during FAT which may necessitate cutting open the
welds.
All welded body valves have the fewest potential leak paths to the environment, but
usually have to be returned to the manufacturer for maintenance.
7.1.5.3. Ball support

There are two methods used to support the ball:-seat supported (or floating ball) and
trunnion mounted.
a. Seat supported (floating ball) type (see Figure 15 and Figure 16)
The ball is supported between the two seats in the valve body. The differential pressure
urges the ball onto the downstream seat, compressing the seal and shutting off fluid
flow.
1. Seat supported valves may be used in clean service in the maximum sizes and pressure
ratings shown below. Trunnion style ball valves shall be used when size and service
combinations exceed the following limits:
a) Class 150, full bore: DN 200 (NPS 8).
b) Class 300, full bore: DN 150 (NPS 6).
c) Class 600 and higher ratings: DN 50 (NPS 2), except for compact manifold valves
where floating ball designs may be used up to 3 in.
Page 84 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Compact manifold valves are not available in NPS 2 and NPS 3. However, the NPS 2
and NPS 3 valves’ torque requirements are less than ANSI trunnion mounted valves.
d) Reduced bore floating ball valves may be used up to one line size larger.
Larger sizes and higher pressures result in very high seat loads and operating torques.
For DWGOM applications, it is preferred that the following guidelines be used in lieu
of those above, due to the advantages offered by trunnion mounted ball valves,
including reduced torque, ability to install the valve in any orientation, and increased
seat type options. This may be of particular benefit in production manifold services
where flexibility in valve layout is desired and it is beneficial to provide double isolation
and bleed capabilities within the body of a single manifold valve (double piston seat) for
repair of upstream production flowline FSVs (check valves).
 CL 150 and 300 - NPS 4
 CL 600 and 900 - NPS 2
 CL 1500, 2500, and API 5000 - NPS 1 ½
 API 10,000 and higher - NPS 3/4
e) For compact manifold valves, floating ball valves may be used up to NPS 3 for CL
900 to CL 2500.
Based on the torque values submitted by manufacturers, the torques on floating ball
valves are generally less than trunnion mounted design for NPS 3 and smaller.
2. Hard metal seated floating ball valves are available and recommended for use in high
temperature service only (i.e., if the operating temperature precludes the use of elastomer
or polymer sealing materials in trunnion mounted valves).
3. Valves having pre-compressed seats should have features to allow relief of the body
cavity pressure.
b. Trunnion supported (trunnion mounted) type (see Figure 17 and Figure 18).
Page 85 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 18 - End entry trunnion mounted ball valve
The ball is mounted on trunnions supported in body bearings above and below the ball.
Sealing is achieved by a floating (spring loaded) seat, sealed against the body, which is
urged against the ball by differential pressure. This design is upstream sealing and
provides automatic cavity relief. It can be fitted with “double piston” seats (see below)
which provide an additional seal on the downstream seat when a pressure differential
exists between the body cavity and the downstream pipe.
Body cavity overpressure resulting from heating of trapped liquids is automatically
relieved via the seats.
Trunnion supported designs are readily available in DN 50 (NPS 2) and larger sizes
and are becoming more common in sizes less than DN 50 (NPS 2). They have lower
operating torque requirements than seat supported types. Smaller sizes may only be
available to special order.
Page 86 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.5.4. Double piston seat trunnion ball valves
Figure 19 - Single piston seat – pressure differential from pipe to body cavity
Figure 20 - Double piston seat – pressure differential from pipe to body cavity
Page 87 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 21 - Double piston seat – pressure differential from body cavity to pipe)
The design relies on the difference in annular area between outer and inner seat to body
seals and the seat to ball seal which is located diametrically between them. This limits
the freedom available to the designer so the normal seating function (particularly of
metal seated ball valves) may be compromised.
a. A double piston seat is recommended to be fitted to one side only (“downstream” seat) in
liquid or condensing service and high pressure gas service. In this case the valve should be
marked as required by ISO 14313 to indicate the directionality.
When this feature is provided on both seats the automatic cavity pressure relief feature
is negated and external pressure relief must be provided on liquid and condensing
service in fire hazard areas.
b. Designs which rely on a single, large section, O-ring to provide the differential annular areas
should be avoided in gas service where the large size O-ring is vulnerable to explosive
decompression damage. Arrangements involving two back-to-back lip seals with the open
ends facing each other should also be avoided as they can trap high pressure fluid between the
seals. Designs using lip seals with open ends away from each other may be acceptable but the
design must be proven fully during test.
Designs using lip seals with open ends away from each other rely on one lip seal
pushing on the other without crushing. Carefully designed T bars/support rings are
required in the lip seals to prevent crushing.
c. Double piston seats present a difficult design/manufacturing problem at high pressure and are
not recommended above Class 1500 rating.
7.1.5.5. Valve trim materials

a. Unplated valve balls (soft seated valves) should be stainless steel (normally 316 grade).
Chrome plated carbon steel balls and stems should not be used because of the danger of pitting
corrosion caused by test water, etc. Stainless steel valve balls are preferred due to their higher
resistance to corrosion and damage from solids during construction, hydrotesting,
commissioning and operation. If proper flushing and care is taken during construction of new
facilities, electroless nickel plated (ENP) carbon steel balls (and stems, if integral with the
Page 88 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
ball) may be used for soft seated valves, however if used, the following conditions shall be
met.
1. Valve size is 6” or larger
2. The service is non-produced water and non-seawater services
3. If the above conditions are met, ENP components may be used in the following services:
a) In non-corrosive or low corrosivity services (e.g., inert, export oil and gas) OR
b) In services with moderate corrosivity levels if they are chemically inhibited against
corrosion
AND also shall be in:
c) In clean services OR
d) In relatively clean, gas and oil streams (downstream of inlet separators with minimal
solids, piping debris, etc.)
If valves are being refurbished, a proprietary ENP containing chrome carbide particles may be
used to increase wear resistance (Hychrome).
b. If soft seated valves are specified the manufacturer should normally be allowed to choose the
soft seat insert material.
Three materials are commonly used:
 At low pressure – virgin PTFE.
 At medium pressure – filled PTFE or nylon.
 At high pressure and temperature – PEEK.
Note that soft seated valves are only appropriate for clean service and may need
protection during construction and commissioning operations.
c. Virgin PTFE should never be used at high pressure and PEEK should never be used at low
pressure. Nylon should not be used if there is water present in the working fluid or if
prolonged exposure to test water is likely followed by service at a temperature above 100°C
(212°F).
Nylon is hygroscopic and, if then exposed to elevated temperatures, becomes brittle.
d. Valves incorporating soft seals should be fully rated up to their maximum temperature limit.
Pressure/temperature ratings of soft seated valves are limited. The same is true of all
ball valves incorporating soft seals. Some standards (e.g., ISO 17292) allow the
manufacturer to reduce maximum operating pressures below those in the ASME B16.34
rating tables.
e. Metal seated ball valves require the use of hard coatings. If operating temperatures are below
150°C (302°F) the coating should normally be tungsten carbide although other carbides (e.g.,
chrome carbide) are sometimes used for specific applications.
Carbide coating can be used at higher temperatures, but the epoxy filler that is
commonly applied to it may not be suitable.
f. At elevated temperatures (e.g., in refinery applications) cobalt or nickel based alloys (e.g.,
from the Stellite or Colmonoy range) should be chosen (with a suitable differential hardness
between ball and seat to prevent galling or seizing).
Page 89 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
g. Metal seated ball valves should always be chosen for dirty or abrasive service or if protection
of soft seated valves during construction and commissioning operations cannot be guaranteed.
h. For high temperature service (> 200°C (392°F), metal to metal seats and graphite stem/body
seals should be specified. Trunnion mounted designs are normally not suitable.
i. Brass or bronze materials for bushings or other wetted parts are not acceptable.
j. Bearings used in ball valves shall normally be the PTFE impregnated material (typically DU
type) with a suitable metallic backing material. The lowest acceptable grade of backing
material is grade 316 stainless steel where valve trim in carbon steel with ENP or austenitic
stainless steel. For all services using either duplex, super duplex or alloy 625 overlay, backing
material shall be Alloy 625.
7.1.5.6. Other ball valve designs
Figure 22 - Eccentric (Orbit) ball valve
There are a number of special ball valve designs, some made by only a single
manufacturer, which have design features making them suitable for particular
applications.
Page 90 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 “Orbit” design (see Figure 22)

- This is a single (downstream) seated valve which has a rising stem and
incorporates a cam mechanism which, when opening, jacks the ball off
the seat before turning through 90 degrees and jacks it back on again at
the end of closure. Tight shut-off is achieved by application of
mechanical force and is not dependent on differential pressure. This
design can cope well with dirty service given appropriate material
selection and versions suitable for high temperature are available. It is
particularly suited for very frequent operation and either a resilient
seat or a metal seat may be specified.
- The single seat should theoretically make the valve suitable for high
pressure gas blow-down applications, but there has been experience of
vibration damage on this service.
 “Konosphera” design:
This design works on the same principle as a triple offset butterfly valve and uses a
similar seal ring retained in the ball. It has the advantage over the butterfly valve of
a clear flow path in the open position. It is a single (downstream) seated valve in
which shut-off is achieved by application of mechanical force and is not dependent
on differential pressure. In standard form it is not suitable for dirty service, but
versions with appropriate materials are available. Versions suitable for high
temperature are available.
 “Klyde” design:
This uses a complex offset profile ball and seat design to provide a “wedging
action” closure on two seats simultaneously (making the design suitable for single
valve double block isolation). Success seems to be dependent on materials and
capability in dirty service has not yet been adequately demonstrated.
7.1.5.7. Welding ends

Soft seated socket or butt weld end valves for sizes less than DN 50 (NPS 2) should be provided
with pipe nipples (pups) welded in place (and, if necessary, heat treated) by the manufacturer before
valve assembly. The pups should have a minimum length of 150 mm (6 in.). Larger weld end
valves should be provided with pipe pups having a minimum length equal to the DN or 150 mm (6
in.), whichever is shorter, and a maximum length of 500 mm (20 in.).
Pipeline and piping codes/specifications may have additional requirements for minimum
distance between welds and longer pup pieces.
7.1.5.8. Short pattern valves

If Class 150 short pattern ball valves in sizes DN 300 (NPS 12) and DN 400 (NPS 16) are specified,
the ball may protrude beyond the body end flange faces when the valve is closed. Such valves
cannot be used where spading is envisaged, cannot be easily removed when in the closed position
and should be avoided.
7.1.5.9. Fire hazard

Ball valves for use in flammable services in fire hazard areas, except for Al-Br valves used in fire
water service, shall be a fire type tested design and fitted with an anti-static device. Note that,
Page 91 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
during and after a fire, valves may leak to some extent. The fire type test requirement should not
apply to buried valves and shall not be included in subsea valves.
There is advantage in avoiding the graphite “fire seals” which, in combination with
water (e.g., from hydrotesting), can cause corrosion of adjacent carbon steel
components.
7.1.5.10. Rapid/large temperature changes

If metal seated ball valves (particularly of large size) are subject to large and rapid temperature
changes after closing, the manufacturer should be asked to make proposals (thermal analysis plus
strain analysis, testing, etc.) for demonstrating continued sealing capability. This is likely to be a
difficult and time-consuming exercise.
Components may not have reached thermal equilibrium and the resulting distortion can
lead to leakage.
7.1.5.11. Lined ball valves

a. Lined valves cannot pass a fire type test and should not be used in hazardous service.
b. Lined ball valves shall not be used in abrasive services such as aluminium chloride.
Polymer or elastomer linings are sometimes used in carbon steel valves to provide
corrosion resistance in lieu of expensive alloys.
7.1.6. Butterfly valves
7.1.6.1. General
A low torque, quarter turn, rotary action valve with a straight through flow
configuration in which the disk is turned in axial trunnion bearings. The disk is exposed
to the flow in the open position. Butterfly valves can be obtained with flanges, weld
ends, or in wafer pattern, the latter being very economical of expensive material.
Seating arrangements may be soft (use of body lining, elastomer or polymer inserts,
etc.) or metal to metal.
a. Valve and actuator position stops should be set with care.
Since butterfly valves are torque seated they are very sensitive to errors/variations in
the setting of actuator end stops, air supplies, etc. If actuator stops are fully backed off,
the maximum actuator output torque is applied at every closure.
b. Butterfly valves shall not be specified in sizes smaller than 4-inch or for pressure classes
greater than CL 300.
The increasing intrusion of the disc in the flow path as size reduces or pressure
increases results in high pressure drop.
c. Application requirements should be made clear when ordering since, although butterfly valves
are generally suitable for bidirectional sealing, they always have a preferred sealing direction.
Butterfly valves have the following disadvantages:
 The line cannot be pigged.
 They create higher pressure drop than full bore gate or ball valves.
 They have to be withdrawn from the line for maintenance.
Page 92 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.6.2. Butterfly valve types

There are three basic designs:
a. Concentric disk, lined type
The disk seals against a ridge in the elastomer or polymer lining and offers tight
shut-off (API 609 Type A) (see Figure 23). The valve stem is generally mounted through
the vertical axis of the disk. For tight closure the disk/seat interface has to be suitably
designed, particularly if the stem penetrates the lining.
Figure 23 - Butterfly valve (concentric disk, lined)
1. Suitable for isolation or control service.

When used for control, butterfly valves exhibit high pressure recovery downstream and
are thus susceptible to generating cavitation in liquid service.
2. Not recommended above Class 150 Rating and approximately 120C (248F) (dependent
on resilient lining material).
3. Should not be used on hydrocarbon service or in hazardous areas.
Because the valve cannot be supplied with fire type test certification.
4. Should normally be restricted to undemanding water service.
5. Lined valves should not be used in corrosion resistant alloy piping systems.
Lined valves are economical for corrosive services, but prone to damage of the lining
(especially around the shaft penetrations) leading to consequent rapid corrosion of the
body.
6. Rubber linings should always be specified as vulcanised to the body.
7. Iron valves should not be used for process duties, hazardous service, or if freezing is a
possibility.
Conventional lined butterfly valves are supplied with ductile iron or steel bodies.
8. Lined wafer type butterfly valves in which the resilient seat is extended to serve as a
flange gasket should only be installed between weld neck or socket weld pipe flanges.
Page 93 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Slip-on or threaded flanges may not provide an adequate seal.

9. Lined valves should not be specified for sticky fluid services, but may be specified on
sandy or abrasive services in proven designs.
10. Larger size valves should be equipped with self-locking gearing.
Distribution of static fluid pressure on the disk during closure may produce a strong
positive closing torque.
b. Double offset (API 609 Type B) (see Figure 24).
Figure 24 - Double offset butterfly valve
These have a shaft which is offset from the plane of the seat in two directions and are
normally provided with a resilient seat ring (elastomer or polymer) or, sometimes, a
metal seat ring (e.g., modified metal O-ring).
1. Recommended for use in Class 150 to Class 300 Rating.
At higher ratings they become impractical because of the space taken up by the disk in
the open position.
2. Recommended for isolation or control in clean service.
Some designs employing an elastomer seat insert also perform very well on dirty service
and where liquids carry solids in suspension. Test experience has been variable and
caution is necessary in selection for this duty.
Differential pressure is usually equivalent to the full flange rating except if restricted by
resilient seat material. Capable of tight shutoff with resilient seats – metal seated
designs usually have some seat leakage in gas service. Normally available with fire type
test certification. Many designs are suitable for cryogenic service.
Page 94 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
c. Triple offset.
The shaft is offset as for double offset designs and the disk seat contact axis is then
further offset (API 609 Type B). The design claims to virtually eliminate sliding contact
between disk and seat. A common feature of all designs is a laminated seal ring (usually
consisting of alternate thin graphite and metal sheets) mechanically retained on the disk
or in the body. Available with fire type test certification. Offers leak tight sealing on
clean service.
1. Recommended for isolation or control in clean service.
Seat rings generally do not employ abrasion resistant material and tests have shown
that erosion of the seating faces can occur at high velocities in abrasive service (e.g.,
when valve is almost closed) leading to seat leakage which exacerbates the erosion. The
relatively soft seal rings are vulnerable to mechanical impact damage from debris in the
flow. For these reasons triple offset designs are not recommended for dirty service.
2. Recommended for elevated or low temperature application.
Valves are all metal with graphite seals.
3. Recommended for use in Class 150 to Class 300 Rating.
At higher ratings they become impractical because of the space taken up by the disk in
the open position.
7.1.6.3. Specification
a. Successful butterfly valve application requires close attention to the operating conditions and
the following should always be specified:
1. Process fluid specific gravity, viscosity, any solids content, composition (gas service).
2. Flow rate.
3. Max/min temperature.
4. Pressure - upstream, downstream and maximum differential in each direction. (Consider
the possibility of either partial reduction or total loss of differential pressure due to any
abnormal conditions.)
5. Maximum permissible pressure drop or required Cv.
6. Piping moments (flanged valves).
If process compatibility dictates the use of different materials (particularly lower
strength materials) than were used in the original design, shut-off differential pressure,
etc. may be reduced.
b. Butterfly valve shafts shall be “blow out proof” without relying on the means of attachment to
the disk. Shaft retention should also not rely on the presence of the valve operator (hand lever,
gear operator or actuator).
Ideally it should also not rely on the presence of the packing gland or gland plate, but
this is often difficult to arrange. Larger sizes frequently employ a two-piece stem design
and it is particularly important to be aware of the anti-blow out arrangements in this
case.
c. If wafer butterfly valves are specified for double isolation service, the installation should
consist of two valves with a spool piece and bleed valve between.
Page 95 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Acceptable arrangements are also available incorporating two valve disks in a single
flanged body.
d. Valves in which the gasket contact area is reduced by counterbored or countersunk holes for
retaining rings or screws, used to secure seat ring assemblies in the valve body, are not
recommended. If specified, they should be used only with the gasket manufacturer’s
recommended gasket, contact area and surface finish. Spiral wound gaskets should not be
used.
e. If valves are intended to be used with flat sheet gaskets, retaining rings which encroach on the
gasket sealing area should not be allowed to protrude beyond the surrounding body gasket
contact surface.
There is a potentially dangerous situation with the retaining ring protrusion allowed by
API 609.
f. On liquid service, manually operated valves located such that rapid closure could produce
“water hammer” should be gear operated.
g. The seat energising rings of rubber lined valves should be confirmed to be compatible with the
process fluid.
Rubber is permeable so energising rings can be affected by the working fluid.
h. Experience indicates wide variations between manufacturers’ approach to drive train design.
Standardised requirements are included in the GIS and should be followed.
7.1.6.4. “Dead end” service

a. In dead end service (where it is required to dismantle pipe and leave the valve at the end of a
pressurised line), bidirectional butterfly valves should be mounted so that the preferred sealing
direction is isolating the “dead end.”
b. Valves having seat retainers, etc., which impinge on the flange sealing gasket face, should not
be installed with the seat retainer on the low pressure side.
c. Wafer-type valves should not be used in dead-end service since they do not permit installation
of a blind adjacent to the valve.
d. Lug type valves with tapped holes could be used, but should not be (see Clause 7.1.6.5.h).
7.1.6.5. Wafer type butterfly valves

Butterfly valves are available in wafer style for mounting between flanges using the
flange bolting and make extremely economical use of expensive material.
a. Wafer style valves are not recommended for line sizes DN 50 (NPS 2) and below.
b. If future replacement by other valve types may be a requirement, flanged butterfly valves
should be selected having an overall length equivalent to that of a gate or ball valve (long
pattern).
Once selected, wafer butterfly valves cannot be replaced by valves of other types
without pipework modifications.
c. The user/purchaser should ensure the disk, when fully or partly open, will not foul adjacent
valves, fittings or connected pipework.
d. Short pattern valves should not be specified for lined pipe applications.
Fouling is unavoidable with some short pattern valve ratings/sizes.
Page 96 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
e. If used in process or fire water systems where there is a fire risk, valves should be through
drilled lug style in order to protect flange bolting during a fire.
Body designs are either lug type (incorporating through drilled or tapped holes) or
standard flangeless (designed to fit inside the bolt circle).
f. If butterfly valves with exposed bolts are used on such services a light gauge sheet stainless
steel shroud shall be wrapped around the valve and exposed bolts.
g. Bolting should be thermally compatible with the valve body material and connected flanges.
h. Lugged wafer valves with tapped holes in the lugs and with bolts inserted through from each
adjacent pipe flange are not recommended.
If the bolt threads corrode, the valve cannot be removed from the piping system.
i. Wafer butterfly valves should not be used in the following services:
1. Service containing 25 percent or greater volume of free hydrogen.
2. Liquids above their auto-ignition temperature.
3. Steam service.
4. Temperatures above 260°C (500°F).
5. As the first block valve against storage tanks or vessels containing hazardous material.
6. Reciprocating compressor or pump service.
Valves procured to different standards may not be interchangeable because of differing
face-to-face dimensions.
7.1.7. Plug valves
7.1.7.1. General
Plug valves have quarter turn operation. They are extremely compact and can be
attractive if weight, space and cost must be minimised. Plugs are tapered or parallel
and are suitable for most on-off process and utility services. The plug valve also has a
good control characteristic that can be utilised in applications requiring limited
throttling such as bypass, pressure balancing, etc., particularly in gas service. They
have straight through configurations usually with reduced flow area. Only full bore,
round port valves can be pigged. Plug types are taper (solid) and parallel (usually
split). Most types have temperature limitations.
a. Valves with parallel solid plugs are available, but should not normally be specified.
Methods of stem operation are either direct (wrench or lever) or indirect (a gear
mechanism and handwheel). If a wrench-actuated valve is selected, the wrench is
usually supplied only if specified in the purchase order.
b. If used on liquid service, manually operated valves should be gear operated if rapid closure
could produce water hammer.
c. Plug valves should be shipped in the open position.
There are six types of interest:
 Pressure balanced, lubricated type (e.g., Serck Audco, Christensens, Nordstrom,
etc.) which usually rely on injection of sealant to provide a bubble tight seal.
Page 97 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Sleeved and lined type (e.g., Durco, Tuflin, etc.) which utilise a PTFE sleeve or
lining.
 Semi- balanced type incorporating a thrust bearing and active seats (Texsteam).
 Expanding plug valve (General Valve, etc.).
 Lifting wedge plug type (Stockham, Goodwin, etc.).
 Eccentric plug valve.
7.1.7.2. Body patterns
Figure 25 - Plug valve patterns (round opening, regular, venturi)
Plug valves are made in five body patterns with port shapes and areas as follows:
a. Round opening pattern
Full bore round ports in both body and plug.
b. Regular pattern
Approximately 60 percent of pipe area. Seat ports of rectangular or trapezoidal shape
(actual area varies between manufacturers).
c. Venturi pattern
Much reduced area seat ports of round or rectangular or trapezoidal shape
approximating to a venturi to aid pressure recovery. Less expensive, with lower
operating torque requirements than a regular pattern valve.
Flow resistance of venture pattern valves should be checked, particularly on liquid and multi-
phase systems, and velocity should be checked if erosion is a possibility.
d. Short pattern
Much reduced area seat ports of rectangular or trapezoidal shape, with face-to-face
dimension corresponding to wedge gate valves. Only available in Class 150 and 300
ratings.
Not recommended in larger sizes on flow applications because the short length results in
abrupt change of throat shape between the flanges and plug.
e. Double plug pattern
Versions with two pressure balanced plugs in a single body are available providing a
double isolation function and some of these (higher pressure ratings) occupy the same
Page 98 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
face to face length as a standard ball, plug or gate valve. However, this is at the expense
of a much reduced flow passage (though not as much as a venture port valve).
1. Flow resistance should be checked, particularly on liquid systems.
2. Because of the variety of types and overall lengths it is important to check the selected
supplier’s catalogue for face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions and port areas (which vary
between manufacturers for a given type).
7.1.7.3. Pressure balanced, lubricated plug valves
Figure 26 - Lubricated taper plug valve
Page 99 of 191
Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 27 - Pressure balanced plug valve
Pressure balanced, lubricated taper plug valves are pressure balanced across the
majority of the plug cross sectional area to reduce operating torque. Sealant is injected
under pressure between the plug face and body seat to reduce friction, provide port
sealing, and to permit sealant jacking action to unseat the plug. They can provide an
efficient and economical means of isolation, particularly on gas service combined with
throttling capability and, in standard form, make a good choice for valve bypass and
pig trap pressurisation/blowdown applications in which corrosion is unlikely. Hard
faced versions (tungsten carbide, stellite, etc.) are less reliant on lubricant and can be a
good choice for dirty service such as production manifold diverter service and produced
water. Hard-faced plug valves are also a good choice for sand separation systems.
The following points should be noted:
a. Most manufacturers use a low friction treatment on the plug surface to reduce friction.
b. Successful operation relies on occasional injection of sealant. Ideally, inject before operation,
annually or, as a minimum, during plant turnaround. If it is intended not to lubricate valves,
the supplier should be advised so he can take account of the increased operating torque and the
potential for corrosion. Valve re-lubrication should be addressed in plant operating and
maintenance procedures.
c. The sealant should be compatible with but resistant to the process fluid.
Otherwise sealant may be washed from the plug face and may contaminate the process
stream. Sealants generally cover a wide range of process applications and only one or
two will be required at each site.
d. The operating temperature range should be determined by the sealant.
e. Each lubricated plug valve order should fully specify the service fluid(s) and operating
pressure/temperature.
Page 100 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Based on this data, the valve supplier assumes full responsibility for the selection and
performance of the sealant.
Some searching process fluids may dissolve the sealant from the plug causing the torque
to rise. Galling is normally prevented due to differential hardness between the plug and
body surfaces and also because of low friction impregnation of the plug surface.
Manufacturer’s recommendation should be sought for sealant selection.
7.1.7.4. Sleeved and lined plug valves
Figure 28 - Sleeved plug valve
Sleeved plug valves are of the tapered design and incorporate a polymeric sleeve
(usually PTFE) in the body. Normally only available up to Class 600.
Lined plug valves are of the tapered design and are fully lined (plug and body) for
chemical resistance.
a. Regular operation (or exercising) is recommended.
The operating torque tends to increase in service because of bedding-in of the plug.
Breaking the valve off the seat occasionally and turning through a few degrees mitigates
this tendency.
b. Recommended for use in caustic, chlorine and similar services.
They generally have excellent leakage performance, both down the line and to
atmosphere.
c. Valves for chlorine service should incorporate a drilling to vent the plug and any body cavity
to the upstream port.
On dirty service the seats are normally wiped clean and there are no cavities for
trapping solids. These valves have been shown to be capable of acceptable performance
where abrasives and non-abrasive solids are present and the sleeves can sustain some
Page 101 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
damage before, eventually, leakage occurs. However, dirty service may increase the
already high operating torque.
d. Sleeved plug valves should always have a positive method of locking the sleeve into the body
such as raised locking ribs.
The method of fitting or keying in the PTFE sleeve is important to prevent creep of the
sleeve and to maintain a low operating torque. Some designs use a steel stiffening core
to reduce creep and stabilise torque.
Fire tested glands can be obtained for sleeved valves although a fire tested valve cannot
seal down the line once the sleeve is damaged. Nevertheless, plug valve sleeves take
longer to suffer damage than ball valve soft seals.
e. Sleeved or lined plug valves should be fitted with an anti-static device.
7.1.7.5. Semi-balanced, lubricated type (Texsteam, etc.)

In this design a thrust bearing is used to reduce operating torque and piston type seats
are incorporated whose sealing surfaces are shaped to match the plug which has a
circular port. They are available in a limited range of sizes and pressure ratings. Plugs
are normally plated and seats are nickel alloy. The design has been shown to cope well
with abrasive service in which operation is relatively frequent and re-lubrication limited
(e.g., manifold diverter valves).
7.1.7.6. Expanding plug valve
Figure 29 - Expanding plug valve
Page 102 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Expanding plug valves incorporate a split parallel plug with an internal wedge
mechanism which is used to force the plug halves against the seats at the end of closure
and to release them on commencement of opening. Soft seal rings are usually employed
and the design is capable of excellent sealing performance.
a. These valves should be avoided in gas service at pressures above 70 bar (1000 psi) because
seal section sizes are large and elastomer seals are at high risk of suffering explosive
decompression, regardless of formulation.
b. Expanding plug valves provide double block isolation in a single body.
7.1.7.7. Wedge (or lift) plug valves
Figure 30 - Wedge plug valve
Wedge (or lift) plug valves have a taper plug and utilise an operating mechanism
whereby the plug is lifted from the seat before turning open or closed, the object being
to reduce operating torque whilst maintaining good sealing capability. These valves are
frequently used on solidifying service in combination with a steam purge of the valve
body cavity and cope well with abrasive fluids. Soft seated lift type plug valves may be
considered for tight shut-off applications.
7.1.7.8. Eccentric plug valves

Eccentric plug valves incorporate a parallel sided half plug and utilise a cam action to
drive it onto the downstream seat. The plug is usually coated with elastomer or polymer
material. Designs are limited to low pressure ratings and lined versions are available.
Modifications of the design are used in control applications.
Page 103 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.1.7.9. Other designs

Parallel plug valves are available which rely on lubrication to seal and protect the
seats. These are prone to through seat leakage and have no practical application for
isolation service in the oil and gas industry.
Multiple port plug valves are available for diverter service. These may simplify piping
layout, reduce the number of valves required and eliminate elbows or tees. They are
normally of the parallel or parallel expanding type, but pressure balanced taper types
are also available. Multiple port valves can only provide shut-off when the operating
pressure holds the plug against the downstream port and they should not be relied upon
to provide good isolation. 4-way valves, in particular, are intended for directional
control only.
7.1.8. Diaphragm valves
7.1.8.1. General
Valves that can be used for both block and control functions. The closure member is a
resilient diaphragm seating in the valve body. The diaphragm also provides the joint
between the body and bonnet and often the stem seal as well. Diaphragm valves are
either manually operated by a handwheel closing device or by fluid pressure, normally
air. They are normally only available for low pressure application.
Applications include chemical plant on/off service or flow control of most low pressure
gases and liquids including slurries, viscous fluids, and fluids which are chemically
aggressive. They are supplied with various types of diaphragms and can be lined. In the
latter case, the lining usually serves as the flange end gasket. Diaphragms are subject to
wear and fatigue so frequent maintenance may be required for regularly used valves.
Operating pressure/temperature is limited by the diaphragm material.
a. A “travel stop” should be specified as an accessory, particularly if temperatures exceed 80°C
(175°F).
This serves to prevent “overclosing” and thereby prolongs diaphragm life.
b. For flammable, corrosive or toxic service a special bonnet should be specified having a
secondary stem seal to prevent leakage in the event of diaphragm failure. A bonnet vent port
should be specified to provide a safe method of checking diaphragm integrity, including when
the valve is under pressure.
If the diaphragm serves as the environmental seal, any leak may have serious
consequences and may also affect the operating screw thread.
7.1.8.2. Specification
a. If ordering diaphragm valves the purchaser should list:
1. The process fluid.
2. Its concentration (if applicable) and special characteristics to which attention must be
directed.
3. Operating pressure and temperature.
4. Whether a secondary stem seal is required.
b. If used in an atmospherically corrosive environment or subjected to corrosive spillage, a
protective external coating should be specified.
Page 104 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
c. Diaphragm valves should not normally be used on hydrocarbon service.

Standard valves are normally supplied with ductile iron bodies which are not normally
acceptable for hazardous petrochemical duties. Steel bodies are available, however.
7.1.8.3. Body configurations

The standard body configurations are:
a. Weir type valve (see Figure 31)
Figure 31 - Weir type diaphragm valve
Tight shut-off is obtained with comparatively low operating force and short diaphragm
movement giving longer diaphragm life and reduced maintenance. Suitable for flow
control although control is poor at very low flow rates. Wide choice of polymer and
elastomer diaphragm materials.
Not suitable for slurries or viscous liquids.
b. Straight-through type valve (see Figure 32)
Page 105 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 32 - Straight pattern diaphragm valve
Suitable fir viscous fluids, thick slurries, and fluids containing deposits.
Has a longer diaphragm movement, which decreases diaphragm life and increases
maintenance. Requires a more flexible diaphragm which limits material choice to
elastomer.
7.1.9. Globe valves
7.1.9.1. General
Globe valves are used as a block valve if resistance to flow is not critical and a positive
closing action is required (e.g., they are useful for frequent on-off operation on gas or
steam service). They may also be used for limited flow regulation or throttling duty in
which case an integral stem and plug should normally be specified to avoid vibration
and instability.
a. For severe throttling service or if close control is required, conventional control valves with a
hand operator should be used.
Globe valves have a tortuous flow path which results in a higher resistance to flow and
low pressure recovery compared with other valves.
Page 106 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. The configuration of the flow path is normally only suitable for unidirectional flow and globe
valves should be mounted in the line such that flow is in a direction from beneath the disk.
c. High un-balanced forces may prevent opening against reverse pressure differential so, if this is
important, the requirement should be specified.
7.1.9.2. Body designs

Body types are:
 Standard (see Figure 33).
Figure 33 - Standard (straight) pattern globe valve
 Oblique (Y) pattern (see Figure 34).
Page 107 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 34 - Oblique pattern globe valve
 Angle pattern (see Figure 35).
Figure 35 - Angle pattern globe valve
All of which can be provided in needle versions for simple flow regulation service. The
oblique and angle type have much lower flow resistance than the straight-through globe
(typically 1/3 to 1/4) and, usually, increased cost.
Page 108 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Oblique (Y pattern) type valves have a relatively straight flow path and, with hard-faced
trim, are suitable for on-off or throttling duty on abrasive slurry or highly viscous
services. Conventional globe valves are not recommended for these services. They are
also useful in small sizes with screwed and seal welded bonnets for general purposes in
steam, condensate and boiler feedwater service.
Angle type valves, when fitted at a change in direction of piping, save one bend or elbow
and have the advantage of a smaller pressure drop than the straight through type Note
that:
 The 90 degrees bend in process piping may subject the valve to considerable
bending stress at operating temperature.
 The handwheel may be placed in only one position with respect to the piping.
7.1.9.3. Disk variations

Disk types available are:
a. Types having a flat seat/disk interface (metal-to-metal seat or with a soft seal ring
incorporated).
A soft seal limits the maximum allowable temperature.
This type is not suitable for flow control applications.
b. Types in which the disk has a tapered or spherical seating surface and provides narrow line
contact against a conical seat.
The narrow contact area tends to break down hard deposits that may form on the seat.
This type is recommended if crude flow control may be required.
c. Needle type having a long tapered plug type disk (see Figure 36).
Figure 36 - Needle pattern globe valve
Page 109 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
This type is recommended for fine flow control.
7.1.9.4. Stem variations

a. Only outside screw and yoke versions should be considered.
Valves are available with a rotating and rising stem (rising handwheel) or with rising,
non-rotating stem (non-rising handwheel).
b. The backseat of valves of the rotating and rising stem type should be mechanically locked or
welded in place to prevent rotation.
Some globe valve designs incorporate the back seat with the lower gland support as
indicated in Figure 33. It is essential that this arrangement includes a positive lock on
the backseat by welding or a suitable pin, as unscrewing can, and has, lead to release of
the stem packing with resultant severe leakage to atmosphere.
7.1.10. Pinch valves
Figure 37 - Pinch valve
Pinch valves have a straight through configuration and are basically a reinforced
elastomer sleeve or tube retained in a housing. The sleeve is pinched together for
closure and the material used for this determines the pressure/temperature rating.
The sleeve is generally encased in a metal body which is protected from the process
fluid by the sleeve. The valve is suitable for both pneumatic and hydraulic actuation.
a. Pinch valves may be used for flow control and can have good control characteristics, but,
when used in this way, tight shut-off cannot be guaranteed. Pinch valves may also be used for
vacuum service subject to the manufacturer’s approval.
Page 110 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. Full service details should be provided to enable the manufacturer to select an appropriate
sleeve material.
Pinch valves are suitable for use with abrasive slurries, fluids with suspended particles,
powders or corrosive chemicals. They are sometimes used on water deluge systems
because of their fast opening capability. Normally only available for low pressure
applications.
Valves are easily maintained by occasional replacement of the sleeve. Note that, as with
diaphragm valves, the sleeve often forms the only barrier to the environment.
There are no international or industry standards covering this valve type and valves are
normally supplied to manufacturer’s standards.
7.1.11. Flush bottom and sampling valve
Figure 38 - Flush bottom valve
Flush bottom and sampling valves are small bore piston type valves manufactured in a
Y-pattern and designed to vent liquid or slurry from the bottom of vessels or to draw off
samples of fluids from process streams. They are arranged so that, in the closed
position, the obturator is flush with the inside surface of the vessel, etc., and the valves
are normally screwed into a half coupling or threadolet type fitting welded to a vessel
or pipe.
a. They should be used for drain and sampling in slurry or liquid + solids services (i.e., where a
conventional valving arrangement is not suitable because of the risk of plugging).
Page 111 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
These valves are suitable for use with liquids or slurries because the piston takes up the
whole interior of the valve in the closed position so that sediment cannot accumulate
and clog the valve. Because they are flush bottomed they create a minimum of
turbulence.
The valve may have a disk and seat, or be of seatless design with a piston. Disk type
valves may not seat properly when used with liquids containing solids in suspension.
The seat in a disk type valve is part of the vessel outlet nozzle and the valve must be
provided before the vessel is fabricated.
b. Piston type may be selected for either flush bottom or penetrating operation.
If heavy sediment may be deposited in the vessel, the piston penetrates the deposit, allowing
the vessel to drain when the valve is next opened. The piston travels through a seal (usually
PTFE) that may allow leakage or extrude inwards unless the gland is adjusted correctly.
A flush bottom valve allows removal of precipitate that may have bridged the vessel
outlet and, if fitted to a dished end, allows complete draining of the vessel.
c. Operation may be manual or remotely controlled.
Because operation of the valve requires long piston travel, flush bottom valves are slow
to open and close. The valve requires a considerable vertical distance under the vessel
bottom for installation and operation.
7.1.12. Iris valve

A valve in which the closure member moves towards the valve bore, mainly used for
controlling powder media. There are several designs:
 A flexible cylinder is rotated at one end, closure being effected by closing of the
neck midway along the cylinder.
 The closure member is in the form of flat petals hinged and rotated to close (like a
camera diaphragm).
 The petals are arranged like a cone and hinged to close together; this design is used
for quick shut-off on hydraulic systems if leakage is allowable.
7.1.13. Float operated valves

Float operated valves are used for liquid level control in non-pressurised containers.
a. Valves may be to BS 1212 Parts 1, 2, 3 or to manufacturer’s standards.
b. Valves to manufacturer’s standard may be either in-line or angle type and range from small
threaded connection valves to flanged types up to DN 450 (NPS 18).
These are pressure balanced to equalise the hydraulic forces on the moving element and
give greater sensitivity to changes in water level throughout the inlet pressure range.
Valves to BS 1212 are small bore, (DN 10 to 50 [NPS 3/8 to 2]) with a threaded male
end containing an orifice sized to accommodate various conditions of pressure and
flow. Orifice sizing information is provided.
Valves to BS 1212 Parts 2 and 3 have the outlet positioned above the body, rather than
below as in Part 1, to enable the attachment of a discharge assembly to prevent back
siphonage of the fluid.
c. Surface turbulence should be prevented by installing a separate float tank, or baffle plate.
Page 112 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Turbulence can cause oscillatory action of the valve.

d. Float operated valves should always be backed up by level alarms and a secondary means of
preventing overfilling because of low reliability.
7.2. Valve types for prevention of flow reversal (check)
Note The obturator (closure member) of swing check valves is

variously described as a “clapper,” “plate,” or “disk.” For the
sake of consistency and the avoidance of confusion, it is
referred to here as a “disk.”
7.2.1. General
Check valves permit flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. This
is achieved through linear or rotary (angular) motion of a closure member that is kept
open by the kinetic energy of the flowing fluid. When the flow is reduced towards zero
or reversed the valve is automatically closed against its seat by gravity, the effect of
supplementary springs, back pressure or combinations of these effects. Check valves are
intended to prevent gross back flow of fluid and should not be relied on to provide
effective isolation.
a. Shafts which penetrate the pressure containment should normally be avoided unless required
for reverse flow and/or intelligent pigging applications.
Check valves do not normally have shafts which breach the pressure containment except
where this is necessary to provide mechanical override, position indication, or external
damping or disk balancing. These features are usually only available on large swing
check valves or for critical applications (e.g., subsea). Damped valves can be difficult to
design as the shaft and associated fittings can rarely be designed for the maximum
possible torque generated.
b. Check valves other than diaphragm type should not be used in slurry service.
7.2.2. Check valve types

Characteristics vary considerably and should be considered when selecting valves for particular
applications.
Designs may be broadly categorised as follows:
 Lift check (linear motion of the obturator in direction transverse to pipe axis.
 Swing check (angular motion of the obturator).
 Axial flow nozzle check (linear motion of the obturator along the pipe axis).
 Plate check (linear motion of flexible metal or polymer plate along the pipe axis).
 Diaphragm check (flexing of a membrane).
There are a number of variations in design of the most common types, for example:
 Lift check – disk, piston and ball types.
 Swing check – standard, tilting disk and duo-disk types.
Other commonly occurring variations are:
 Wafer check (for installation between flanges – duo disk and single disk types).
Page 113 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
 Screw-down stop and check (globe and swing types with provision for manual
closure).
 Foot valve (pump suction duty).
7.2.3. Lift check
Figure 39 - Lift check valve (ball type)
Figure 40 - Lift check valve (disk type)
Page 114 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 41 - Lift check valve (piston type)
A lift check valve utilises linear motion of a disk, piston or ball moving transverse to the
pipe axis. It either relies on gravity to effect closure or incorporates springs which bias
the obturator towards the closed position. The piston type incorporates a piston and
cylinder which provide a damping effect during operation and in some designs the
degree of damping is adjustable. All designs cause a relatively high pressure drop
although oblique (Y) pattern designs are available with much reduced flow resistance at
increased cost. Note that ball type check valves are available in axial flow configuration
in small sizes.
a. Lift check valves should be selected for applications which could result in surge problems for
other types of valves.
Closure response is potentially fast due to the short travel and the low inertia of the
obturator. This makes the valve suitable for reciprocating pump outlets and comparable
applications.
b. The use of lift check valves with union bonnets should be limited to portions of piping systems
in which pipe unions are allowed.
c. Piston and disk types should be avoided on dirty or viscous service and reserved for clean
liquids and non-condensing gases.
Free movement of the obturator may be difficult to achieve in these services and slow
response or jamming is likely as a result of blocking of clearances. Ball checks are less
affected due to freer guiding of the ball.
d. Ball checks with metal ball should not be used on gas or vapour service because of the
potential for ball/seat damage as a result of irregular flow.
e. Ball checks should not be used in sizes above DN 50 (NPS 2). Piston type can be used in
larger sizes where pulsing flow is present (e.g., at the outlet of reciprocating pumps).
The most frequent application of lift check valves is in sizes less than or equal to DN 50
(NPS 2).
f. Ball check valves should not be used with widely varying pressures, pulsing flow and frequent
flow reversals.
Page 115 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.4. Screw-down stop and check
Figure 42 - Screw-down stop and check valve
This is a variant of the lift check in which the disc is held closed by a valve stem which
can be retracted to permit free movement of the disc. Generally used in steam
generation using multiple boilers, in which a valve is installed between each boiler and
the main steam header.
Page 116 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.5. Swing check – conventional type
Figure 43 - Swing check valve
A check valve in which the mechanism incorporates a disk that swings on a hinge pin or
shaft. The bearing assemblies for the hinge pin and disc are shrouded from the flow
stream and thus dirty and viscous fluids are less able to obtain ingress and hinder
rotation of the closure member.
a. Swing check valves should be used in sizes above DN 50 (NPS 2).
Weight and travel of the disc may become excessive in very large sizes at high pressures
and special design may be required to ensure satisfactory operation.
b. The two-piece stem design valve in which the shaft penetrates the body has the potential to
blow the shaft out and should be designed so as to be blowout proof.
c. When an external lift mechanism is required on the check valve for operational reasons, a
design including a lost motion device should be included so that any dynamic movement of
the clapper under flow is not transferred into shaft movement.
d. Swing check valves may be specified for horizontal or vertical upward flow (but see
Section 7.2.14 on Application guidance) on low velocity or highly viscous fluids.
e. Swing check valves are unsuitable for frequent flow reversal, applications with wide velocity
variations and applications with pulsating flow. If installed in a system liable to sudden flow
reversal, a counterbalance weight or dashpot should be specified to prevent slamming.
A counterbalance weight may also be required if the valve has to open with a minimum
pressure differential. Full closure is sometimes supplemented by additional weighting of
the disc or by an external weighted lever arm or spring. This may result in excessive
closing force (slamming) unless a damper is also fitted.
Some sophisticated designs (e.g., those used for offshore riser protection) are available
which have been shown to be able to withstand rapid flow reversal and slamming.
Page 117 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Externally mounted weights or dashpots introduce the additional complication of a

gland to seal the extension arm.
f. Balance weights, spring loaded cylinders, and oil-filled dashpots should not normally be
specified and should only be fitted after careful analysis and discussion with the manufacturer.
Closure response of swing check valves is generally slower than that of lift check valves.
This is due to the long travel of the disk, the inertia of the disk and hinge arm and the
varying moment arm of the disk centre of mass.
g. Whenever possible the angle between the seat and the fully open position of the disk should be
restricted to 65/70 degrees.
Improved operating characteristics result from reducing the travel by inclining the seat
and limiting the rotation of the disk. Rotational inertia can be reduced by locating the
hinge axis at the edge of the disk, but this also reduces the closing moment.
Resistance to flow depends on the angle of opening at operating conditions.
h. If pigging is a requirement, special variants of the conventional valve, incorporating shaped
disks, should be used.
i. Although widely used, swing check valves are generally best suited to gravity flow and
pumped (liquid) systems where flow velocities are relatively low.
j. Specific requirements for subsea applications are given in DWGOM GIS 43-352-1.
7.2.6. Swing check – tilting disk type
Figure 44 - Tilted disk swing check valve
Tilting disk check valves incorporate a disk that rotates eccentrically on a shaft
mounted above the horizontal axis of the pipe. They are a variant of the conventional
type and have a faster response and reduced inertia. Closure at the instant of flow
reversal is more nearly attained than with the conventional design. Tilting disk valves
are suitable for use in viscous service and have less pressure drop at low velocities and
more pressure drop at high velocities than a swing type valve.
Page 118 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Tilting disk check valves shall not be used if pigging is a requirement.

If slamming is considered probable, both the tilting disc check valve and the duo disk
wafer-type improve on the performance of a conventional swing check. Nevertheless
there may be some conditions in which it is necessary to slow down the closure by
fitting an external dashpot, etc. In such circumstances an axial flow check would be
preferable.
7.2.7. Swing check – duo-disk type
Figure 45 - Duo disk wafer check valve
These valves provide a fast response due to a short path of travel of the half disc centre
of gravity, the low inertia resulting from the light weight, short moment arm of the half
disc, and the use of closing springs.
a. Duo-disk check valves are recommended in preference to conventional swing checks in which
high flow velocities occur (e.g., in gas service).
b. Duo-disk check valves depend on internal spring loading for closure and are therefore the most
suitable type of check valve for location in vertical pipes with upward flow.
Duo-disk valves tend to have an increasing resistance to flow as the size decreases and
the pressure rating increases owing to the obstruction of the body centre web and the
thickness of the half plates which reduces the area of flow. However, designs are
available up to API 6A 10,000 rating.
Originally, all these valves were provided with openings in the body through which the
hinge pin, etc., was inserted and which were usually sealed by screwed plugs. If this
type is supplied the recommendations contained in this GP for screwed connections
should be observed. Nowadays designs are available (retainerless design) in which the
half disks and hinge pin are inserted from one end, avoiding the need for holes in the
body.
Page 119 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
c. Retainerless design should be selected for hydrocarbon or toxic services and a check should be
made to ensure there are no unacceptable interruptions of the gasket sealing face.
7.2.8. Swing check – wafer style

a. Both single plate and dual plate swing check valves are available in wafer style for mounting
between flanges using the flange bolting and they make extremely economical use of
expensive material.
The valve has to be removed from the line for maintenance or repair.
b. These valves are not recommended for line sizes DN 50 (NPS 2) and below.
c. Unless the valve has lugged and tapped holes, it may not be suitable for end of line
applications.
d. Valve installation design should ensure that the plates do not foul adjacent valves or connected
pipework.
e. Single disk wafer check valves are not recommended because disk opening is usually severely
restricted resulting in high pressure drop. Single disk wafer checks should never be used on
low flow or low pressure gas services in which the disk position may oscillate.
f. If used in process or fire water systems in which there is a fire risk, wafer checks should be
through drilled lug style in order to protect flange bolting during a fire.
Body designs are either lug type (incorporating through drilled or tapped holes) or
standard flangeless (designed to fit inside the bolt circle).
g. Bolting should be thermally compatible with the valve body material and connected flanges. If
wafer check valves with exposed bolts are used on such services a light gauge stainless steel
shroud should be wrapped around the valve and exposed bolts to provide fire protection.
h. Wafer valves with tapped holes in the lugs and with machine bolts inserted through from each
adjacent pipe flange are not recommended.
If the bolt threads corrode, the valve cannot be removed from the piping system.
i. Wafer checks should not be used in the following services:
1. Service containing 25 percent or greater volume of free hydrogen.
2. Liquids above their auto-ignition temperature.
3. Steam service.
4. Temperatures above 260°C (500°F).
5. As the first block valve against storage tanks or vessels containing hazardous material.
6. Reciprocating compressor or pump service.
7.2.9. Swing check valve stability

Generally, swing check valves should be avoided if unstable conditions are likely (e.g., wide
velocity variations, pulsing flow and frequent flow reversals). Under certain conditions, fretting of
hinge pins and even mechanical failure may occur.
Stable operation (avoiding rapid fluctuations in movement of the disk) can be a problem
with swing check valves. Stability of conventional and tilting disc swing check valves
may be improved by fitting an external damping device (dashpot) via an external shaft
extension through the body with the additional complication of a gland. A damping
Page 120 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
device is sometimes required to prevent shock loading (water hammer) during seating of
the closure. Split disc check valves are more difficult to damp since external methods
cannot be employed to control the floating action of the split discs.
7.2.10. Diaphragm check
Figure 46 - Diaphragm check valve
Diaphragm checks provide stable operation with pressure variations, pulsing flow, and
frequent flow reversals and location may be in either horizontal or vertical lines.
Closure is provided by a flexible membrane supported by a metal frame or cage. The
membrane imposes temperature, pressure, fatigue and fluid compatibility limitations so
care is required in material selection.
Small sizes are usually of the cone type and larger sizes are typically of the nozzle type.
Although less commonly used than conventional lift or swing check valves, the
diaphragm check valve has a number of useful characteristics such as: full closure, fast
closure response and the ability to handle viscous or abrasive fluids and slurries more
reliably than other types.
Page 121 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.11. Axial flow (nozzle) check valve
Figure 47 - Axial flow (nozzle) check valve
These valves can be characterised as a lift check disposed axially along the pipe axis.
a. Recommended for preventing excessive pressure surge and providing stability if wide pressure
variations, pulsing flow, and frequent flow reversals are likely.
Axial flow checks have a short disk travel, low inertia and spring assisted closure and
are extremely responsive to changes in flow.
This design is typically selected for onerous duties and uses the venturi principle in the
design of flow passages through the body resulting in the least flow resistance of any
check valve type. Sliding parts are largely shrouded from the flowing process fluid by
the central housing. The valve can be mounted either horizontally or vertically and is
available in a wide range of sizes and pressure ratings.
b. Axial flow nozzle checks are recommended for use in compressor discharge lines subject to
pulsating or low flow conditions in which a tilting disk type valve may ‘chatter’, but are not
recommended for reciprocating pump applications.
The valve body is usually made from a casting and is available with flanged or weld
ends. There are no penetrations of the pressure containment.
Note that in corrosive services, it is often not possible to provide weld overlay corrosion
resistant barriers in axial flow check valves due to the complexity of the valve casting.
Material selection should be made accordingly.
Page 122 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.12. Plate check valves
Figure 48 - Plate check valve
Plate check valves use flexible metallic or polymer plates or membranes and are
normally fitted to compressors. This type of valve provides a very fast closing response
and is particularly suited to pulsing flow with compressible fluids. The frequency of flow
pulsations may require special consideration of design to avoid plate flutter.
Generally limited to applications in which there is a low differential pressure across the valve.
Suitable for mounting either horizontally or vertically.
Page 123 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.13. Foot valves
Figure 49 - Foot valve
These are generally installed at the suction inlet of a pump to maintain prime. The valve
may be fitted with a strainer to keep dirt and other foreign matter from entering the
pump suction.
7.2.14. Application guidance
7.2.14.1. Pigging
a. Only special designs of swing type check valves with contoured disks and (normally) seat
faces at right angles to the flow should be selected for services which are required to pass pigs.
b. These designs should be avoided if pigging is not a requirement.
They do not have optimum dynamic characteristics.
c. If intelligent pigging is expected some means of mechanically lifting the disk should be
necessary (see GIS 43-352).
7.2.14.2. Dynamic response

The more closely the position of the valve closure member follows a declining forward
flow rate and prevents back-flow the less likely it is to cause a high pressure surge (e.g.,
“water hammer”) as a result of closure after a reverse flow has been established. Surge
can result in damage to the valve, piping system and ancillaries (e.g., pump and
compressors).
a. Swing check valves which facilitate pigging are also most susceptible to inducing pressure
surge. If pigging is not a requirement and high pressure drop cannot be tolerated, the following
alternatives, listed in the order of their “anti-slam” performance, should be considered:
1. Axial flow, nozzle check.
2. Dual plate check.
3. Tilting disk check.
Page 124 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
4. Swing check with seat inclined to vertical and a maximum angle between disk and seat of
65/70 degrees.
b. If low pressure drop is not required piston type check valves may be used.
Valve types with a short travel and low inertia of the obturator, supplemented by spring
loading, provide the most rapid response and lowest surge potential.
A valve that closes at a mean velocity equal to or less than the normal flow velocity
should avoid excessive pressure surge.
c. Pressure surge effects should be considered when normal fluid velocities exceed 4.5 m/s (15
ft/sec) for liquids or 27.5 m/s (90 ft/sec) for gases and whenever operating pressures are close
to the design pressure of the piping system. Note that:
1. Longer closing times may be acceptable under certain conditions (e.g., on single pump
systems for long pipelines in which the terminal back pressure and maximum elevation
are low).
2. Shorter closing times may be necessary on parallel pumping systems to prevent back
flow into a failed pump.
Supplementary loading can improve the response of some valves (see Figure 50).
Figure 50 - Swing check with supplementary loading
Pressure shocks may still occur if:

 Loss of pressure at the valve inlet produces flashing of the decelerating fluid
downstream from the valve.
 A valve some distance downstream from the check valve is closed suddenly.
Page 125 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
7.2.14.3. Unstable and pulsating flow

Rapid fluctuation in movement of the disk can result from large variations in pressure
or from smaller variations caused by pulsing flow and can lead to valve chatter,
excessive wear and poor reliability.
a. Standard swing checks should be avoided if wide velocity variations, pulsating flow and
frequent flow reversal are likely.
Under severe conditions fretting at the hinge pin and even mechanical failure may
occur with all these valve types.
b. Tilting disk and duo-disk valves are better at coping with unstable flows.
c. Axial flow nozzle check designs are better still and should always be used at compressor
outlets unless there are pressing reasons for doing otherwise. However, they are not normally
suitable for fitting downstream of reciprocating pumps. For this and other applications
involving pulsating flow piston type lift checks are particularly suitable and can be obtained
with adjustable damping.
d. In all cases the characteristics of check valves in compressor piping systems should be
compatible with the compressor manufacturer’s requirements.
Stability of conventional and tilting disc swing check valves may be improved by fitting
an external damping device (dashpot) via a shaft extension sealed by a gland. This may
also prevent surge (water hammer). Damping may also be a requirement in systems in
which extremely rapid flow reversals could occur (e.g., catastrophic rupture of gas
piping systems).
Duo disc check valves cannot normally be damped since external methods cannot be
employed.
7.2.14.4. Frequent flow reversal

Numerous flow reversals may have an adverse effect on wear and reliability of valve components
and manufacturers should be advised if this is likely to be the case.
7.2.14.5. Installation
a. Check valves should be mounted at least three pipe diameters downstream of such pipe
fittings.
Check valves are extremely sensitive to upstream piping features and elbows, valves,
etc., located immediately upstream can have a disastrous effect on performance.
b. A vertical location adversely affects the response of most types of check valves and should be
avoided if possible.
c. Lift type and swing type check valves should ideally never be fitted in vertical pipes. If swing
check or tilting disk designs are so installed the design should prevent the disk reaching a
“stalled” position when fully open. It should be recognised that in the fully open vertical
position the disk/hinge arm has a very small closing moment, further reducing response unless
supplementary loading is used with the possible complication of damping. Any lift check
valves mounted in vertical pipes should be provided with springs.
Duo-disk check valves are more suited to vertical applications.
d. No check valve should be mounted in a pipe with flow vertically downward except axial flow
nozzle type and duo disk type and then only with the full knowledge and agreement of the
manufacturer.
Page 126 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
e. In cases where a vertical location is contemplated, the supplier should be fully appraised and
asked to confirm that the obturator will not remain open to permit reverse flow.
f. Lift check valves in horizontal pipes should always be mounted with their bonnet axis in the
vertical plane.
7.2.14.6. Sizing
a. Check valves should ideally be selected such that under normal flow conditions they are fully
open against the stop and the user should advise the manufacturer of the minimum flow
velocity at which the valve is required to be fully open. If swing check valves are used in
pigged pipelines this is not usually possible, particularly in gas service. In such cases design
should ensure that hinge pin and bearing design is adequate for the constant movement which
may result. For critical applications the manufacturer should be asked to advise the flow
velocity necessary to keep the valve fully open and to predict the position of the valve disk
under normal and minimum flow conditions.
Swing check valve failures often result from sizing for a larger than normal flow such
that, during most of the operating life, the valve disc is not fully opened against the stop.
This results in instability and mechanical damage.
b. Applications in gas or steam lines or in liquid lines with low or unsteady flow should be fully
described in the purchase specification so that the manufacturer can evaluate the suitability of
the valve design.
7.2.14.7. Flow resistance (pressure drop)

Resistance to flow varies widely in different designs and also generally increases
disproportionately with smaller valve sizes and higher pressures (because disks have to
be thicker and occupy more of the flow path). Typical flow resistance coefficients for
DN 150 (NPS 6) valves are as follows:
 Swing type 1.0.
 Axial flow type 1.4.
 Oblique pattern lift type 2.0.
 Piston type 7.0.
7.2.14.8. Shut-off
If differential pressure in the shut-off direction is very low, it may be necessary to consider
supplementary loading. This can be achieved in some designs by additional weighting (e.g.,
external in the case of swing checks) or stronger spring loading.
8. Special valve applications
This section considers the particular requirements of special valve applications and
functions. The general recommendations/advice contained in other sections of this GP
can be assumed to apply.
Page 127 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8.1. Shut-down valves
8.1.1. Emergency shut-down valves

ESD valves for pipelines or offshore risers and subsea isolation valves (SSIV) are
specifically addressed by DWGOM GP 43-35-1 which is supplementary to this
document.
ESD valves are required to contain and protect sections of a plant in the event of an
emergency such as a fire. Standard types of valve intended for ESD service must
achieve the highest degree of functional reliability and pressure boundary integrity and
may be affected by legislation in some countries.
The chief requirement is that the valve can be relied upon to close when asked to do so
under any likely conditions of operation. To demonstrate this, periodic tests involving
full or partial closure of the valve are required. Tight shut-off is generally a secondary
consideration.
Valve types are commonly trunnion mounted ball or slab type gate valves fitted with a
fail closed actuator. Slab gate valves can utilize internal pressure and the piston effect
of the valve stem to assist closure with consequent reduction in actuator size.
a. Trunnion mounted ball or slab type gate valves should be the first choices for dirty service (if
the height of the latter can be accommodated and if operating temperatures allow the use of
elastomer and polymer seals).
b. Floating (seat supported) ball valves should not be used for emergency shut-down valve (ESD)
service except if metal seated versions are necessary in high temperature (> 200°C (392°F),
low pressure service. In such cases a metal seated, graphite sealed butterfly valve may provide
an alternative choice.
Operating torque of floating ball valves (particularly metal seated type) is high and can
increase markedly if valve condition deteriorates.
c. Soft seated ball valves may be used in clean service, but if sand, pipescale or corrosion product
is likely or the valves have to pass pigs, hard coated metal seated valves should be selected.
A high degree of seat leak tightness in service is not generally required, and, although
the “as-constructed” leak rate of metal seated valves is usually worse than that of soft
seated valves, it is likely to be maintained without significant deterioration in adverse
conditions.
d. If soft seated valves can be justified, it is advisable to provide protection during line flushing,
etc. operations (see Section 4.2).
e. ESD ball valves should not normally be fitted with seat sealant injection facilities since this
feature is ineffective (and usually unnecessary) in the case of metal seated valves and can
never be used post ESD in the case of soft seated valves. Such facilities may be useful for
solvent flushing of soft seated valves in service where experience has shown this to be
beneficial.
If drain and vent connections are provided, it may be worth fitting them with valving
since this permits the valve cavity to be accessed with the system pressurised should the
need arise (e.g., for hot oil flushing to get a jammed seat to move).
f. Ball valves having double sealing piston type seats may be used to provide two seals in series.
If ESD valves have a preferred isolation direction it is recommended that only the
Page 128 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
“downstream” seat should have this feature. Double piston seats are not recommended at
pressure ratings above Class 1500.
This gives some additional security whilst preserving automatic venting of cavity
overpressure.
g. Balanced, lubricated plug valves may be used if periodic re-lubrication can be guaranteed and
are particularly suited to gas service applications where maximum compactness is required.
h. Sleeved plug valves should not be used for ESD applications because of the tendency for
operating torque to increase.
i. Double or triple offset butterfly valves may also be used in clean gas or liquid service up to
Class 300 (PN 50) rating. In high temperature service metal seated, graphite sealed versions
may be the best choice.
j. Expanding type gate valves and wedge type gate valves should not be used in shut-down
service.
High operating force requirements at the beginning and end of the operating stroke
make these valve types unsuitable for shut down service. Also must suppliers are
reluctant to provide these valves in reverse acting (closed up) design due to design
difficulties. This them means the valve is fail open on loss of hydraulic/pneumatic power
unless a large closing spring is fitted, sufficient to overcome stem ejection force and
valve closing forces.
8.1.2. Emergency shut-down valve actuators

The actuator and associated control system have a major influence on the performance
of ESD valves and should be chosen with care.
a. ESD valve actuators should normally be fail-safe hydraulic type or, for smaller size, low
pressure applications in which their greatly increased size can be accommodated, fail-safe
pneumatic type.
b. ESD valve actuators in hazardous areas shall be protected against fire and blast to ensure that
during a limited fire they can function as required.
1. Protection may be provided by screens, casings, or the application of intumescent
coatings.
2. Access requirements (for maintenance, testing, etc.) should be considered during
selection.
c. In high temperature service applications it may be necessary to mount actuators on extended
spools or yokes or to provide extended valve bonnets to ensure an acceptable operating
temperature.
8.1.3. Actuator safety factor

Actuators shall be capable of applying a torque/force of at least 1.5 times the maximum requirement
advised by the valve manufacturer (and recorded during factory acceptance tests) throughout the
open/close cycle.
The force required to operate a slab type gate valve can be accurately predicted if the
coefficient of friction between the gate and seat is known. Test on double and triple
offset butterfly valves have shown that torque does not increase significantly during
operational life. Operating forces of ball and plug valves are less easy to predict and
more likely to increase in service.
Page 129 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8.1.4. High integrity pressure protection system valves

These valves are used as the final part of an instrumented system intended to prevent an
unacceptably high pressure occurring in downstream equipment. They are always
arranged to fail closed and spring/hydraulic actuators are usually the only practical
alternative for operation.
a. In general, closure times should be maximised or, if times have to be short, tests should be
undertaken (see Section 8.1.5).
Required closure speed depends on the closed-in volume downstream and the working
fluid (e.g., if there is a high volume, gas filled system downstream, valve closure speed
need not be fast).
b. High integrity pressure protection system (HIPPS) applications have the following
characteristics:
1. High pressure always available at time of emergency closure (Note: may not be true of
test closures).
2. Low differential pressure during closure.
3. High differential pressure after closure.
4. Requirement for periodic closure (or partial closure) and seat leakage testing.
5. (Occasionally) fast closure.
The first two make for particularly benign operating conditions and the temptation to specify
an unnecessarily high differential pressure during closure should be resisted.
c. Hard metal seated, reverse acting (closed up) slab type gate valves should be the first choice
for this application if pipe size is less than DN 400 (NPS 16).
Designers of slab type gate valves can utilise the high internal pressure to close the
valve by designing the valve stem as a piston. This means that the closure spring is only
necessary during operations at very low or zero pressure and increases reliability of
closure.
d. Hard metal seated slab type gate valves and trunnion mounted ball valves should be selected if
pigging is required.
e. If pigging is not a requirement (the usual case) consideration should be given to specifying:
1. Reduced bore gate or ball valves.
This reduces weight, cost, closure time and operating forces.
2. Axial flow block valves (e.g., Mokveld type).
Obturator travel is only about ¼ to 1/3 that of ball or gate valves and there is no sliding
contact between obturator and seat so closure times can be extremely short.
8.1.5. Speed of operation

a. Fast operation is not required by most shut down applications and should be avoided if
possible. As a general rule of thumb, the operating time of ball and slab gate valves should
equal or exceed DN/25 (NPS) in seconds (i.e., a DN 250 [NPS 10] valve should not close
faster than 10 seconds).
b. Instantaneous velocities occurring at particular points in the closing stroke may be higher than
this, depending on the actuator type.
Page 130 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Pneumatic actuators are particularly prone to acceleration during the opening stroke
when the valve ball/gate breaks out of the seat.
c. If faster closure than specified in Clause 8.1.5.a is required and a manufacturer does not have
directly comparable and thoroughly tested experience of the material/load/speed/operating
environment combination proposed then pin and disk abrasion testing should be commissioned
from an appropriate laboratory.
There is a direct inverse relationship between obturator to seat contact pressure and
closing speed. This is particularly important in the case of HIPPS service in which high
pressure differential may be combined with fast closure. If contact pressure or closing
speed, or the combination of the two becomes excessive, breakdown of the carbide, etc.,
surfaces occurs – sometimes during a single operation.
d. Fast closure times also mean that some form of hydraulic damping is necessary at the end of
travel. This should ideally be arranged as an integral part of the piston/cylinder design.
e. Contact load/operating speed combinations arising during factory acceptance testing of a valve
should not exceed those which will occur in service.
f. When gate valves are required in rapid closure service, checks shall be made during factory
acceptance tests to ensure the valve seats relieve the excess pressure as the gate completes the
travel into the full up and down position.
The limitations of test arrangements can sometimes impose conditions which are more
onerous than those which will be encountered in service.
8.1.6. Testing
a. Shutdown valves should be periodically closure tested.
1. The frequency of testing, to some extent, determines the level of reliability that can be
claimed, but it is necessary to balance the desire for high reliability against the
detrimental effects (wear, etc.) of too high a closure test frequency.
2. A test frequency of 2 times per year is usually defendable and frequencies greater than 4
times per year should be avoided.
Partial closure testing can be advantageous in that it demonstrates that all parts of the
control and actuation system are functioning correctly without interrupting production.
Test facilities are easy to incorporate into actuator control systems at the design stage
and there are also commercially available add-on devices for valves already in service.
It is still necessary to carry out a complete closure from time to time in order to
demonstrate that this can be achieved and to facilitate seat leak testing.
b. System design should make provision for periodic seat leak tests of HIPPS valves and
import/export pipeline isolation valves to support a safety case or meet regulatory
requirements. There are only two possible methods:
1. Monitoring pressure decay from or pressure rise in a known closed volume over time.
2. Acoustic leak detection.
The former method assumes that all other isolations (such as block valves) of the closed
volume are 100 percent effective. Acoustic leak testing is less accurate (order of
magnitude), but extremely quick in comparison and very useful for establishing trends.
Ideally, initial readings should be performed in conjunction with a pressure decay type test
(See Section 4 for more details).
Page 131 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Acceptable leak rates vary widely. For a HIPPS valve protecting a small volume on
liquid service, a high degree of closure tightness is necessary whilst a similar system
protecting a long gas pipeline has much greater tolerance of through seat leakage. In
the case of emergency shut-down valves protecting facilities it is often possible to
tolerate a significant through seat leakage that is usually limited only by the need to
limit the hazard (e.g., fire) to the magnitude assumed in the safety assessment.
8.2. Automatic blowdown valves
8.2.1. Requirements
Gas blow down duty requires that the valve:
a. Be quick opening type.
b. Be normally closed and fail open.
c. Open against a differential pressure equal to the normal system operating pressure.
d. Withstand sonic velocity across the seat during opening.
e. Be mechanically robust and insensitive to vibration.
If there are two restriction orifices in series during the early stages of valve opening,
flow velocities may be supersonic.
8.2.2. Valve types

a. At relatively low pressures (e.g., up to Class 600), standard ball valves (soft or metal seat
according to fluid conditions) and metal seated butterfly valves may be specified, but in high
pressure service a single seated valve design such as an axial flow (e.g., Mokveld, FCT) type
or a balanced, lubricated plug valve should be specified. If a trunnion mounted ball valve is
selected the downstream seat ring should be omitted.
During opening of a trunnion mounted ball valve against a high differential gas
pressure, a continuous, high differential pressure is applied across the downstream seat
to body seal in the opposite direction to that in which it is designed to work with
resulting permanent damage (This is likely to occur even if lip seals are provided with
support rings). For the same reason, if top entry ball valves are provided with two part
seat rings to facilitate removal, the seals between these can be blown inwards into the
pipe bore.
Unpredictable dynamic effects can occur resulting in severe physical damage to
metallic components such as the valve ball and seat. This has been experienced with
both trunnion mounted designs (two seats in series) and “Orbit” type ball valves (single
seat, but articulated mechanical joint between ball and stem).
b. If there is no controlling orifice in the downstream pipe or high pressure drops could exist
across the valve for long periods, a control valve having a low noise trim should be specified.
In this case, the degree of seat tightness that can be obtained and maintained should be
ascertained as it may be necessary to fit a fail open actuated block valve in series to achieve
the required shut-off.
Page 132 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8.3. Flow diversion
8.3.1. Multi-port valves

a. Special, multi-port designs of globe, plug and ball valves are available which allow the
diversion of a common source to two different outlets or crossover switching of flow streams
(see Figure 51 and Figure 52). The multiple port arrangement may be such that one channel
closes before another begins to open, preventing mixture of fluids or loss of pressure.
Alternatively, some valves have greater port width so that in turning the plug, a new channel
begins to open before the former channel is completely closed. This alternative may be used
where it is necessary to carry out switching operation without stopping the flow at any time.
Figure 51 - Diverter globe valve
Page 133 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Figure 52 - Four-way diverter expanding plug valve
b. In some cases these designs can provide good isolation as well but this should not normally be
relied upon except where the manufacturer includes good isolation as a principal design
feature.
c. Common applications include:
1. Spared pressure relief valve isolation.
2. Meter loop switching.
3. Coker plant switching.
d. Requirements will vary widely depending on the nature of the service and normal selection
procedures should be used for materials, seals, hard coatings, etc.
8.3.2. Single valves

a. In theory, any appropriate block valve can be used where individual valves are used to achieve
flow direction switching. In practice the operation may have to be carried out according to a
careful sequence to avoid process problems or valve problems (such as may result from
repeated opening against high differential pressure).
b. If fast operating times are necessary, quarter turn designs (ball and plug) should be chosen
with trim appropriate to the service. If operating times need not be fast, gate valves may also
be selected.
c. Frequent operation is often a characteristic of diverter service so diverter valves should not be
relied upon as the sole means of isolation if intervention is envisaged. In the case of oil and
gas production/test manifolds, a switching valve in the flowline to each separator should be
Page 134 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
supplemented with a separate high integrity block valve located in the common flowline from
the well to be operated only when intervention is required.
8.4. Bellows sealed valves
Figure 53 - Bellows seal gate valve
a. Bellows sealed valves should be used if escape of any fluid to the atmosphere is undesirable
for health, safety or economic reasons.
1. A bellows provides the primary sealing of the stem during opening and closing, but a
packed gland or other appropriate stem seal should always be provided for secondary
sealing in case of bellows failure.
2. The bellows is housed in an extended bonnet that may be welded or bolted to the valve
body.
3. The bellows should be welded to the valve stem at its lower end and sealed to the valve
bonnet at its upper end.
b. Bellows should be used in linear action valves of the gate and globe design DN 150 (NPS 6)
and smaller, but may also be applied to special ball valve designs.
Bellows fail as a result of fatigue (operating and pressure cycles) and, as a general rule,
the longer the bellows for a given valve size, the longer the expected life. In practice,
manufacturing tolerances, etc., mean that bellows cycles to failure conform to a
standard distribution so a good margin is needed (ideally a factor of 2 times) between
Page 135 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
the required number of cycles and the demonstrated cyclic life of a small number of
tested bellows samples.
c. Bellows seal gate and globe valves should be procured in accordance with ISO 15761 which
includes minimum requirements for bellows life and a type qualification test.
8.5. Valves for cryogenic service

a. Valves for cryogenic applications (below –50°C [–58°F]) should be type qualification tested in
accordance with BS 6364 or an acceptable alternative and should normally be provided with
extended bonnets (see Figure 54).
Figure 54 - Cryogenic globe valve
Valve types normally employed are gate, globe, ball, or butterfly manufactured in
austenitic stainless steel, Monel, bronze, or cupro-nickel.
The extended bonnet allows a reasonable temperature gradient up to the stem seal and
handwheel or actuator and allows a liquefied gas to reach a vaporising temperature.
Seats and seals are normally manufactured in KEL-F, PTFE, and similar materials and
need careful selection for temperatures below –65°C (–85°F).
Page 136 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. Soft seated floating ball valves or other valves having a closed body cavity should be required
to demonstrate automatic relief of cavity overpressure caused by thermal expansion of fluids
or should be fitted with external relief valves.
c. Valves should normally be installed with stems at not more than π/4 radians (45 degrees) to
the vertical to maintain a low thermal conductivity vapour lock in the bonnet.
d. Valves for cryogenic service should be cleaned to a high standard (free of moisture and grease)
and assembled in clean conditions.
e. Bronze stem bushing, polymer or hard faced seats, special coatings, and solid film lubricants
should be specified to prevent galling.
Cryogenic liquids are generally non-lubricating and therefore galling may occur
between relatively soft metal mating parts.
f. Guidance on valves that are subject to sub-zero, but not cryogenic, conditions (i.e., down to
–50°C [–58°F]) is provided in EEMUA Publication 192.
8.6. Vacuum service valves

a. Guidance on valves that are subject to sub-zero, but not cryogenic, conditions (i.e., down to
–50°C [–58°F]) is provided in EEMUA Publication 192.
Many valves in pressurised service may be subjected to vacuum occasionally (e.g.,
during certain commissioning operations such as vacuum drying of piping systems).
b. Stem seals or packing should be capable of sealing atmospheric pressure in the reverse
direction and bellows stem seals may be specified if the cycle life is compatible with the
application. Secondary stem packing should be specified in such cases.
Valves specified to shut off against vacuum are usually soft seated types such as ball
valves, butterfly valves or soft seated wedge gate valves.
8.7. Deluge service valves

These valves are used on firewater deluge service. Proprietary deluge valves using rubber
diaphragms, sleeves, etc., are preferred to process control valves for this service because:
a. They operate virtually instantaneously. A process control valve can require several seconds to
operate.
b. They fail safe (open) despite damage to the pneumatic detection or actuation system. This may
not be true in the case of process control valves.
c. Process control valves are liable to seize when they stand inactive for extended periods of time
as in deluge service. Proprietary deluge valves are designed to avoid this problem.
d. For any given line size, the deluge valve saves space and weight when compared with actuated
process valves.
Page 137 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8.8. Excess flow and slam shut valves
Figure 55 - Excess flow valve
Figure 56 - Slam shut valve
a. Excess flow valves or slam-shut valves should be installed where fluid dumping from a
ruptured line would be unacceptable.
Page 138 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Excess flow valves are designed to close automatically when the flow through them
exceeds a specified rate. They usually incorporate a spring-loaded valve disk that only
closes if the forward flow of fluid through the valve generates sufficient force, or
differential pressure, to overcome the power of the spring holding it open. Each valve is
uniquely specified to close at a particular flow rate so careful identification is essential.
b. The effect of piping, fittings and valves downstream of the valve should be taken into account
when evaluating flow.
c. The valve should be installed as near as possible to the protected vessels/tanks to avoid water
hammer/surge on closure.
d. Valves should be selected with a closing flow rate of at least 10 percent to 15 percent greater
than the anticipated normal flow otherwise they may chatter or slug closed when surges occur
in the line.
e. The closure speed of larger sized valves may be reduced by the addition of a dashpot that
utilises the working fluid. This is recommended only on large liquid lines, to avoid hydraulic
shock.
Rupture in small-bore piping downstream of such a valve may not provide sufficient
flow to close it.
f. Slam-shut valves do not respond automatically to changes in flow and require an external
control system to provide a closing signal.
A slam-shut valve can be thought of as a check valve used in reverse and whose disk is
normally held fully open. The valve disk is usually held open mechanically against a
spring. When a closure signal is received, the mechanical detent is removed (e.g., by
operation of a solenoid valve) and the valve closes under the influence of the spring and
the flowing fluid. These valves are frequently used in low pressure gas distribution
systems.
8.9. Dosing valves

A dosing valve either rotates continuously or reciprocates through π radians (180
degrees) in order to deliver a measured quantity of a substance, usually a powder (e.g.,
catalyst), from a storage vessel to a conveyor or into a process.
Modified ball valves incorporating a solid ball with a pocket can be used. It is often
necessary to pack the valve cavity with moulded polymer to prevent hold up of powder
which could be released and affect the dose. Abrasive powders present a particular
challenge.
Another design consists of a spindle or hub to which are attached a number of blades.
Rotation of the spindle causes the product to enter the space between the blades on one
side of the valve and be delivered at the opposite side.
Valves are always actuated or motorised and are not intended to be liquid or gas tight.
8.10. Valves associated with pig launchers/receivers

a. Valves associated with pig launchers/receivers shall be in accordance with the general
requirements of this GP.
b. Pig launcher/receiver primary pipeline isolation valves shall be in accordance with GP 43-35.
c. Pig launcher auxiliary valves shall be in accordance with GP 43-50.
Page 139 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Primary isolation valves located in the attached pipeline are addressed in GP 43-35.
8.11. Subsea applications
8.11.1. Valve selection

The general principles of this GP should apply to subsea valve selection.
a. Avoidance of maintenance and unscheduled intervention is paramount and for this reason only
the most robust, reliable and wear resistant valve types should be considered. Soft seated
valves should be avoided except in very specific applications (see below). Seals should be
long life, maintenance free and not subject to degradation by the process.
b. In the light of experience to date, hard coated, metal seated slab gate, or trunnion mounted ball
valves should normally be chosen.
Gate valves have the advantage of (usually) lower through seat leakage and easy to
predict operating forces whilst the rotary action of ball valve stems offers a lower risk
of leakage to the environment.
c. With ball valves there is also a choice of body pattern.
1. Top entry and all welded designs should be chosen if it is intended to lay valves with the
pipe or if externally applied forces and moments during operation will be high.
2. End entry bolted body designs should normally be reserved for applications in which
externally applied loads are low or if the consequences of environmental leakage are not
severe.
d. Valve selection should always take into account the particular process conditions and mode of
operation.
The need to prevent hydrate formation (or to be able to mitigate it) should be considered if
valves will have to isolate a water filled system from process gas (e.g., during commissioning).
Small amounts of leakage across the valve over a long period may result in hydrate.
There are specific applications for which the use of soft seated ball valves may be justified.
Valves provided to facilitate tie-ins are often required to seal only until after the tie-in is made
after which they function as a piece of pipe. Welded body, soft seated valves supplied (and
left) in the closed position may be suitable for this service.
In this case it is important to protect the valve seats and avoid necessary operation.
e. In the case of check valves, axial flow nozzle type, duo-disk type, conventional or tilting disk
swing type and piston lift type are all possible.
1. Only axial flow type and duo disk type should be mounted in vertical pipe sections (and
only with upwards flow).
2. If conventional swing checks are to be vertically mounted, valve opening should be
restricted and tests or CFD analysis used to confirm that closure occurs before backflow
commences.
3. If pigging is a requirement, full opening swing checks are the only possibility and these
should not be mounted in vertical pipe sections.
f. If ROV opening or position indication is required, check valves should be provided with a
shaft extending out through the pressure boundary and this has to be sealed. Such
arrangements should therefore be avoided if possible. The shaft shall be designed to have a
stop in the gearbox/ROV input shaft designed for the full ROV torque. Stops may be provided
Page 140 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
inside the valve for clapper lift but these shall act after the gearbox/ROV input stop. The weak
link of the shaft shall be outside the pressure containment area.
See Section 9 for general information on check valves.
It is extremely difficult and perhaps impossible to design a check valve train for the
maximum lift condition of attempting to open the check valve against differential
pressure. For this reason the ROV input should be regulated to value required to lift the
clapper without pressure applied. In the event of excessive force/torque being applied,
the failure should occur outside the valve pressure boundary.
g. Subsea applications of small auxiliary valves such as ball, needle globe, rotating disk, etc.,
types should always use designs specifically intended and type qualification tested for subsea
use. Integral block and bleed arrangements should be specified in accordance with GIS 62-021
which addresses subsea application.
h. If standard type valves (e.g., floating ball valves) are used for temporary subsea duty (e.g.,
during the deployment of subsea structures), the proposed design should be reviewed to
confirm that:
1. Environmental seals have the necessary reverse sealing capability.
2. Material selection is appropriate for the operating conditions (e.g., untreated seawater)
and that cathodic protection arrangements are fully understood.
3. Graphite seals in contact with seawater and carbon steel or 13 percent chrome stainless
steel are avoided.
8.11.2. Design
a. Valves equal to or greater than DN 50 (NPS 2) of Class 150 to Class 2500 rating should meet
EN ISO 14723 QL1 taking into consideration pipe loads (during operation and installation
[e.g., pipelay]), operating forces, etc., and, if design is in accordance with a vessel code, an
increased design pressure to permit safe application of the hydrostatic shell test pressure.
b. In addition, in the interests of conservatism, valve bodies having nominal sizes less than or
equal to DN 300 (NPS 12) and a rating less than or equal to Class 2500 should also meet the
minimum wall thickness requirements of ASME B16.34 for the specified rating, nominal size,
and material.
EN ISO 14723 allows design to pressure vessel codes that may not provide adequate
limitation of deflections/strains in the valve shell to guarantee efficient valve function.
c. If the method of analysis used (e.g., finite element) is sufficiently detailed to give confidence
that deflections are acceptably restricted this requirement may be waived.
Meeting ASME B16.34 requirements will tend to increase wall thickness and add
weight. If weight reduction is of paramount importance (e.g., because of offshore lifting
constraints) the weight saved by non-compliance with B16.34 should be investigated. If
worthwhile, the non-B16.34 deign should be justified by stress/strain analysis.
d. Weld end compact connector and compact flange valves greater than Class 900 rating and
greater than DN 250 (NPS 10) size may be designed to an intermediate ASME rating if this is
advantageous. It is essential that such limitations of pressure or temperature be marked on the
valve nameplate.
This can reduce weight and cost. Normally flanged valves should not be designed to an
intermediate rating because of the danger of their being transferred to a different
Page 141 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
application requiring a valve having the full flange rating but this is an unlikely
eventuality in subsea application.
e. Valves of higher rating than ASME Class 2500 should normally meet ISO 13628-4 (API Spec
17D) and ISO 10423 (API 6A) except that, in the case of austenitic, super austenitic, duplex,
and super duplex steel shells, the design allowable stress intensity should be the lower of 2/3
Sy at design temperature or 1/3 Su at design temperature.
This is in accordance with vessel design codes and is intended to prevent unacceptably
high local stresses which can cause uncontrolled low temperature creep of these
materials. Design solely in accordance with the above standards is unconservative for
these materials.
f. Integral block and bleed manifolds should meet GIS 62-021.
This refers to EEMUA Publication 182 and includes appropriate requirements for
subsea application.
g. Body joints and stem sealing arrangements should incorporate seals designed to exclude
seawater at the applicable hydrostatic pressure. The use of gland packings that may require
periodic adjustment shall be prohibited.
h. In high cycle applications fatigue should be considered.
i. Graphite “fire” seals should be avoided.
Subsea valves are not required to be fire safe/fire type tested and these seals can lead to
corrosion.
j. Valves that do not automatically relieve body cavity overpressure should not be fitted with
pressure relief arrangements.
There is normally no need for subsea valves to be able to relieve cavity overpressure
since the conditions in which this can arise are not normally present (i.e., no source of
uncontrolled heating).
k. In deep water applications (300m +) the effect of external hydrostatic pressure should be fully
considered. In particular the effect on operating force/torque, valve position and sealing when
there is only atmospheric pressure in the valve.
There may be times in the life of the valve when there is not hydrostatic pressure inside.
In this case the unbalanced force exerted on the valve stem, etc. by hydrostatic pressure
must be accommodated. Series arrangements of seals will usually be delayed with
atmosphere pressure between them resulting in potentially high differential pressures
from either the sea or the process fluid.
8.11.3. Operation
a. Lever and handwheel operating forces of hand operated valves should be restricted to less than
the values permitted for topsides valves to allow for diver operation. The design of levers and
handwheels should take into account the restrictions associated with diver operation.
GIS 43-352 and the standard to which it refers (ISO 14723) includes an appropriate
operating force limit.
b. ROV interfaces should be in accordance with one of the standard arrangements specified in
ISO 13628-8 and valve suppliers should be asked to advise:
1. The number of ROV turns to fully stroke the valve.
Page 142 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
2. The normal maximum operating force/torque.

3. The maximum operating force/torque that will not cause allowable stress limits to be
exceeded anywhere in the drive train or force/torque reaction path.
4. The minimum operating force/torque that will cause the onset of permanent deformation
anywhere in the drive train or force/torque reaction path.
8.11.4. Materials
a. Material selection should be in accordance with GP 36-15.
External material selection and coating of subsea valves, actuators, gearboxes, and
their subsidiary components is critical because of the effects of cathodic protection
systems, crevice corrosion, and other galvanic mechanisms For the same reasons,
ensuring electrical continuity of all metallic components is vital.
b. Materials, including bolting and other fasteners, in contact with seawater and potentially
exposed to a cathodic protection (CP) system should be subject to a hardness limitation of 34
HRC.
Steel materials that are harder than this are vulnerable to embrittlement by free
hydrogen produced by the CP.
c. Large surface area austenitic stainless steel components and all duplex stainless steels should
be painted to prevent drain on the CP system and hydrogen embrittlement respectively.
d. If the product is corrosive, overlaid alloy steel valves are preferred to duplex or super duplex
stainless steel. If duplex or super duplex valves are unavoidable, hot isostatic pressings are
preferred to castings and forgings.
Because of the potential for “cold creep,” microporosity of castings, and inadequate
heat treatment of forgings in duplex and super duplex material.
e. Gate and ball valves having piston type seats should have their seat pockets, seal housings, and
flange face seal areas overlaid with corrosion resistant alloy regardless of service.
To ensure functionality throughout the service life and prevent corrosion occurring
before entering service.
f. If required by the material specification or the valve specification, carbon, low alloy, and
duplex stainless steels for pressure containing parts in valves with a specified design
temperature below 0°C (32°F) shall be impact tested at or below the minimum design
temperature to demonstrate acceptable ductility. If duplex/super duplex stainless steel bar
stock is used to manufacture valve bodies up to and including DN 50 (2 in NB), transverse
direction impact tests complying with GP 18-04 should be conducted.
The consequences of brittle failure in subsea applications could be environmentally and
financially disastrous. Appropriate requirements are included in GIS 43-352.
g. Gearbox and actuator housing materials should preferably be steel. If ductile iron is permitted
it should be subject to impact testing.
Spheroidal graphite cast iron specifications are available that incorporate impact test
requirements.
h. Threads of fasteners should not be coated and the underside of nuts should not be sealed with
O-rings, etc.
Coating to protect bolting from corrosion prior to entering service is permissible.
Page 143 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8.11.5. Testing
a. All parts of the valve and actuator/gearbox assembly, including fasteners, brackets, etc., should
be shown to preserve electrical continuity. Resistance between any two points/ components
should not exceed 10 ohms when measured using a 12 volt maximum DC power source.
Any break in continuity results in rapid galvanic corrosion.
b. Hand and ROV operated valves should be shown to be capable of operation against the design
differential pressure whilst meeting the specified operating force restrictions.
c. In critical applications, if there is more than one seal in series, provision should be made for
primary seals to be individually tested during FAT (e.g., by monitoring leakage via a
temporary port that is then plugged and sealed [preferably by welding]). In all cases,
individual seal tests should be conducted on at least a type test basis.
d. Where single valves are required for double isolation, the test sequence of Section 4.6.1 shall
be included.
8.11.6. Qualification type testing

a. One sample of each unique type, size and rating of subsea valve and actuator and one sample
of each unique type, size and material of seal intended for subsea service should be shown to
have been subjected to appropriate qualification type testing. As a minimum this should
include:
1. Sealing and functionality.
2. Hyperbaric testing.
3. Endurance testing.
4. In the case of gear operators and actuators testing in accordance with ISO 13628-4.
b. In addition, testing in accordance with ISO 13628-4 and ISO 10423 (API 6A) Appendix F PR2
may be appropriate.
For example, to demonstrate adequate performance during pressure and temperature
cycling.
c. If these tests do not provide adequate confidence of acceptable field life performance,
additional requirements should be considered (e.g., additional endurance cycles, thermal
cycles, etc.).
d. Previously conducted tests may be considered in lieu.
e. A sample of each unique type, size and rating should be subjected to a hyperbaric test in
accordance with an agreed procedure or should be shown to have previously passed such a
test. Test pressure should be at least 1.1 times the hydrostatic pressure at design depth.
f. If valve stems or bonnets are sealed with a multiple (redundant) seal arrangement or
incorporate a seawater exclusion seal, qualification tests should be conducted on each seal
whilst mounted in a valve or suitable test fixture to demonstrate acceptable function of each
separate sealing component.
g. If a seal could be subjected to reverse pressurisation in a non-preferred direction (e.g., if a
relief/check valve etc., is fitted to relieve production fluid to sea) this should be simulated at a
pressure equal to or greater than 1.5 times the design hydrostatic pressure. If the seal passes
fluid when tested in the reverse direction this is permissible provided:
1. It seals again when re-tested in the normal direction.
Page 144 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
2. There is no permanent, visible damage.

Serious problems have been experienced as a result of hydrostatic pressure being
applied behind valve stem seals via a check/vent valve.
h. Gearboxes and actuators should be endurance type tested through an appropriate number of
cycles.
8.11.7. Maintenance
Subsea valve applications should normally aim to avoid any maintenance through the life of field.
However, if valves are likely to experience particularly severe operating conditions or their function
is critical to continued operation, consideration should be given to making them retrievable or
locating them in assemblies that are themselves retrievable.
It is common in deep water service to use chokes that incorporate a retrievable insert
containing all the functional parts of the valve and there are valve designs of ball and
check valve available offering a similar facility. One such check valve design also has a
rotating sleeve that prevents water ingress to the pipeline during this operation.
8.11.8. Deep water applications

The actual differential pressure conditions experienced by individual seals should always be
established and, if possible, tested before deployment.
The effects of external hydrostatic pressure, low internal pressure and atmospheric
pressure trapped between multiple seals may not be obvious.
“Deep” water applications are generally considered to be those in which access by
diver is impossible (i.e., 300 m [1,000 ft.] or greater depth). Since installation and any
intervention has to be by means of ROV with support vessels, etc., this is extremely
costly.
9. Seals, packings, and gaskets
9.1. Introduction
Seals, gland packings and gaskets are crucial parts of a valve since they determine its
integrity with respect to the environment and, in some designs, its shut-off capability.
a. Specification and selection of seal type and material is extremely important, fundamentally
affects valve performance and requires attention to detail.
b. Seals should generally be one of the following types:
1. Elastomer O-ring.
2. Polymer lip seal (spring energized for low pressure sealing).
3. Proprietary seal designs.
4. Packed gland.
5. Chevron arrangement.
6. Diaphragm.
7. Thrust seal.
8. Metal gasket.
Page 145 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
9. Pressure seal.
10. Metal bellows.
11. Combinations of the above.
c. Figure 57shows O-ring, lip seal, chevron packing, and woven packing rings.
Figure 57 - Seal types
9.2. Elastomer O-rings
9.2.1. General
Elastomer O-rings are the most common type of seals used in ball valves, particularly at
low and medium pressures (Class 600 or lower ratings). They are also used (along with
other elastomer based seals such as S seals and Glyde rings) in ball valves, slab type
gate valves and expanding type gate valves for higher pressure ratings.
a. Diametral clearances should be minimised if extrusion is to be avoided and, at pressure ratings
above Class 600, rigid plastic backing rings (filled PTFE or PEEK) having scarf cut joints
should be specified.
b. The required elastomer formulation depends on the process, etc., conditions, but NBR (nitrile)
or FKM (viton) materials should be selected for most conditions in hydrocarbon service.
The intolerance of viton to concentrated methanol is alleviated by as little as 2 percent
dilution with water.
c. The unnecessarily conservative practice of specifying the minimum design temperature of a
gas application as being equal to the pipe or valve material impact test temperature (e.g., -46°C
[-51°F]) or the lowest transient temperature expected to occur across a closing ESD valve
causes problems for seal material selection and should be avoided. A more accurate
assessment of minimum temperature (and its duration) is necessary.
The upper temperature limits of most oil and gas processing applications present no
problems for common elastomers, but lower temperature limits in gas service may. It is
often impossible to find an elastomer that can accommodate the low temperature whilst
still offering adequate resistance to explosive decompression damage in gas service.
Page 146 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
9.2.2. Explosive decompression

This phenomenon results from high pressure gas permeating the elastomer and failing
to escape when pressure is reduced leading to internal cracking that eventually reaches
the surface of the seal causing leakage. This phenomenon does not occur if liquids are
present. Sensitivity depends on the gas composition (e.g., high CO2 is undesirable), the
operating pressure and temperature, the degree of constraint (more is good – polymer
back-up rings are useful for this purpose), and the decompression rate. Materials
appear to be most sensitive to rapid pressure reductions occurring below 70 bar (1,000
psi) when pressures have previously been higher. At operating pressures below 70 bar
(1,000 psi) neither NBR (nitrile) nor FKM (viton) materials are likely to experience
damage provided they are sufficiently hard.
a. Special formulations are available for use at pressures above 70 bar (1,000 psi). These have a
relatively high hardness (90 + durometer) and include a filler to reduce gas permeability. They
should normally be used with high strength polymer back-up rings as noted above.
b. O-ring or other elastomer seal section diameters should not exceed approx. 6 mm (1/4 in.) in
gas service.
It is very difficult to prevent explosive decompression damage above this size,
regardless of material formulation, because manufacturing defects in the seal act as
crack initiators.
c. If such seals are contemplated, specialist advice should be sought; alternatively, polymer lip
seals, etc. should be used.
d. Excessive conservatism should be avoided when determining minimum design temperatures
on gas service (see above).
Explosive decompression resistance and low temperature tolerance are frequently
mutually exclusive properties, so when trying to achieve a balance it is usually
preferable to err towards the former at the expense of the latter. This is because
material manufacturer’s specifications are usually conservative and because transient
exposure to temperatures below this limit is rarely detrimental. For example, BP has
specified two of the best e.d.-resistant materials, James Walker FR 58/90 and Greene
Tweed 926 for use down to –20°C (–4°F) and, below that, James Walker Elastolion 101
(HNBR) down to –30°C (–22°F).
Valve suppliers’ knowledge of these considerations varies and seal selections should be
reviewed against the recommendations found at http://elastomers.bpweb.bp.com and in
GN 62-028 (TB0028) (Avoiding Explosive Decompression Damage in Seals).
BP now has access to computer software that predicts e.d. performance for a restricted
number of materials given details of the seal, its housing, the gas composition and
operating conditions (consult the BP EPTG elastomer specialist).
9.3. Polymer lip seals

Reinforced lip seals consisting of an outer sheath of polymer (e.g., PTFE) with an
internal metal spring are self-energised (by the spring) at very low pressures and
pressure energised at higher pressures. Lip seals generally require closer machining
tolerances and a better surface finish than O-rings and need greater care and
cleanliness during assembly as they are intolerant of minor scratches etc. The polymers
most commonly used are PTFE and PEEK, sometimes with a filler (e.g., glass, carbon),
for additional strength/temperature resistance. Both materials are inert to most
production and dosing chemicals, can be used from cryogenic temperatures to approx.
Page 147 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
200°C (392°F), and are unaffected by explosive decompression in gas service. Due to
loss of performance with even the smallest evidence of corrosion product or micro-
pitting, lip seals should only be used on metallic surfaces of corrosion resistant material
or with corrosion resistant overlay.
Lip seals may temporarily leak during temperature changes if these occur relatively
quickly.
If there is a possibility that a lip seal may be subjected to a differential pressure in the reverse
direction it should be provided with a PEEK or metal support ring to prevent crushing.
9.4. Proprietary seal designs

These are mostly intended for dynamic applications and usually comprise mixtures of
polymer (used on the dynamic surface to limit friction) and elastomer (used to energise
the seal) (e.g., D ring). Other designs allow the use of elastomers at higher pressure by
incorporating anti-extrusion features, etc. (e.g., T seals).
9.5. Gland packings

Compression packings for block valves consist of deformable materials such as
exfoliated graphite and carbon or polymer filament/yarn woven into a braid. The
material is typically in square or rectangular section, supplied in a continuous coil from
which individual rings can be cut or as separate die-formed ring elements. The latter
are preferred since density can be more carefully controlled. Compression by the gland
follower urges the packing against the valve stem and stuffing box wall to provide a
seal.
a. Excessively long packing chambers should be avoided. If they cannot be avoided (e.g.,
existing valves), replacement of superfluous packing by a rigid spacer should be considered.
This is because the sealing pressure within a packing chamber diminishes as distance
from the gland follower increases.
b. If sealing integrity is of prime importance (e.g., toxic service) the use of packing sets
comprising specially shaped packing rings employing an element of pressure energisation, sets
containing variable density rings, or techniques such as live (spring) loading may be
necessary.
Gland packings suffer from relaxation of the load over time leading eventually to
leakage in service and these techniques can reduce the phenomenon.
c. Valve stem finish, straightness, and run-out along with packing chamber finish, gland and
stem clearances all affect sealing efficiency and should be carefully controlled. Appropriate
requirements are included in GISs for valves.
d. Split packings incorporating a lantern ring should be avoided.
Valves packed with flexible graphite do not require a lantern ring and users intending to
specify such an arrangement in order to facilitate later injection of emergency gland
sealant should consider whether the specification of a high integrity design of one piece
packing would be more likely to result in greater overall integrity.
e. If an intermediate lantern ring is provided, the primary packing set should be the lower of the
two and the upper packing set should be of minimum length (no more than a single graphite
ring with anti-extrusion rings above and below).
Page 148 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
f. Gland packings should not be replaced with the stem on the back seat and the valve under
pressure.
9.6. Chevron seals/packings

Chevron type seals are less commonly found in block valves than either O-rings or lip
seals. Chevron packings are frequently used for control valves because of the need to
minimize operating friction. They comprise V shaped rings of PTFE or mixtures of
PTFE and other polymers such as PEEK that are preloaded by the gland and pressure
energised by the process media (sometimes elastomer rings are also included). The set
has to be compressed a specific amount in order to provide the initial, low differential
pressure seal and there may be a need for periodic adjustment as the PTFE “flows.”
Such sealing arrangements are less demanding of tight tolerances than lip seals and are
slightly less susceptible to minor damage during assembly (because of the multiple
rings).
9.7. Diaphragm seals

These consist of a sheet of elastomer, polymer, or, sometimes, metal that is sealed to the
valve body at its outer edge and in contact with the valve stem at its centre thus
permitting linear motion whilst maintaining a seal. They are most commonly used in
diaphragm block valves and pressure regulating valves and also form a part of the most
common type of control valve actuator.
If diaphragm valves are used on any service where it is important to retain the process fluid (toxic,
flammable, etc.) they should be provided with a secondary stem seal.
Diaphragm seals of diaphragm valves are used to isolate the valve stem from the
process medium and also provide the body/bonnet gasket. It is important to realise that,
unless a secondary seal (e.g., O-ring) is provided on the stem, diaphragm rupture
results in leakage to atmosphere.
9.8. Thrust seals

Thrust seals should only be used with ball valves of small size and should be avoided in high
pressure gas service (> Class 600).
Thrust seals are packing rings or washers of reinforced polymeric materials mounted
between shoulders in the bonnet and on the valve stem. They are usually reliant on
internal pressure to maintain a seal and are prone to extrusion at high pressure.
9.9. Metal seals/gaskets

a. Metal seals may be used to seal static joints in the form of ring type gaskets, pressure
energised gaskets (e.g., Techlok, Graylok type), filled, spiral wound gaskets, or proprietary
corrugated gaskets. In addition, flat, graphite sheet gaskets should always incorporate a
stainless steel sheet to provide strength.
b. Ring type joints should be used for gate, globe and check valves at Class 1500 and higher
ratings and may be used down to Class 600 rating. Generally, the groove surface of ring type
joints should be harder than the gasket
c. Spiral wound, graphite filled gaskets should be used for valves up to Class 900 rating in which
temperatures above 200°C (392°F) have to be accommodated.
d. For Class 150 rating, flat sheet graphite/metal gaskets may be used. These may also be suitable
for Class 300 rating.
Page 149 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Pressure energized gaskets of the Techlok, etc., type tend not to leak with increasing
internal pressure but continue to seal until catastrophic failure occurs.
Metal O-rings can be used as static seals but may also be used in dynamic (or semi-
dynamic) arrangements.
The most common form of dynamic metal seal is a form of lip seal (used as stem seals in
subsea valves but rarely elsewhere because of their high cost). The material is usually
silver plated or hard coated nickel alloy and the mating surface is usually carbide
coated to preclude galling.
In all cases of metallic seals and gaskets, material selections and combinations are
critical if corrosion is to be avoided and this is particularly true if joints are made-up
subsea. The potential for galvanic corrosion can often be reduced by overlay of gasket
grooves. See GP 36-15.
9.10. Pressure seal joint
Figure 58 - Pressure seal joint
Valves containing pressure seal joints should be subjected to a low pressure (6 bar [90 psi]) test
after assembly and hydrotest.
In this design the load which internal pressure exerts on the valve bonnet is transferred
to the valve body by means of a segmented ring located in a groove around the inside of
the body neck. This obviates the need for large bolted joint and, for this reason can save
weight and cost when applied to high pressure designs. Sealing is achieved by means of
a retained, triangular shaped gasket (usually graphite or plated soft iron) that is pre-
loaded by jacking the bonnet up against the body during assembly. Lip seals are also
sometimes used.
Low pressure sealing is often a problem and a low pressure gas /air test is
recommended as part of the FAT. In outdoor etc., locations rainwater may accumulate
Page 150 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
in the joint clearances and freeze so it is important to establish that the design has
addressed this.
9.11. Metal bellows

This is used in the same way as the diaphragm seal, being joined to the valve stem at
one end and to the valve body/bonnet joint at the other and is used in services in which
zero stem leakage is required. Bellows life for a given valve size and type is
proportional to bellows length and bellows valves larger than DN 100 (NPS 4) are rare.
a. Bellows sealed valves should be required to undergo fatigue type qualification testing and
GIS 62-015 includes requirements for this.
b. Bellows sealed valves should always be specified with a secondary stem seal that can be used
in the event of bellows rupture.
10. Materials
10.1. Pressure boundary (shell) materials
10.1.1. General
a. For non-corrosive duties from -45.56°C (-50°F) to 400°C (752°F) carbon steel should
normally be specified for the pressure retaining boundary.
b. For high temperature applications (> 400°C [752°F]) creep resisting grades of alloy steel
should be specified.
c. For low temperature application (down to -45.56°C [-50°F]) impact tested grades of carbon
steel should preferably be specified (test temperature equal to or less than the minimum design
temperature).
d. For cryogenic applications (< –50°C [–58°F]) austenitic stainless steels, nickel alloys, or
aluminium alloys (all of which retain ductility at very low temperature) are necessary.
e. For corrosive service, overlaid carbon or alloy steel, stainless steel (martensitic, duplex or
austenitic, according to the service fluid), nickel alloys, plastics or other special materials are
required. Alternatively, lined valves may be used in certain corrosive applications.
f. Cast iron should only be used for valves in underground water or sewerage service.
g. In reaching a decision about whether or not to require impact testing the following factors
should be considered:
1. History and performance of proposed materials supplier.
2. Operating conditions (pressurised/not pressurised at low temperature).
3. Wall thickness (thicker sections are more susceptible to brittle behaviour at a given
temperature [see EEMUA Publication 153]).
4. Local legislation (e.g., PED in European applications).
Piping design code ASME B31.3 allows use of non-impact tested grades down to –29°C
(–20°F) and, historically, there have been no known problems with this. If sources of
materials are well established, it should be safe to continue this practice. If sources of
materials are untried and unproven purchasers are advised to be more cautious.
Page 151 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
h. Valve body materials should be compatible with the pipe material. If a particular material or
grade is required this should be specified.
i. If sour service is specified, valve parts in contact with the process fluid and bolting materials
of insulated valves, etc., (see Section 6.18.c) should meet ISO 15156 (NACE MR0175) or
NACE MR0103, if specified for refinery service, and shall be generally in accordance with
GP 36-25.
j. Austenitic stainless steel, including Alloy 20, should be supplied in the solution annealed
condition.
k. “Free cutting” (e.g., resulpherised) steels should not be used for pressure boundary parts, parts
in contact with the process fluid, or parts that are welded.
l. Parts forged from rectangular block billet should be subject to a minimum overall hot work
reduction ratio of 4:1. The microstructure of the forging should be fully wrought.
This provides acceptable structure and properties.
m. Duplex and super duplex forged materials should not be used if section thickness is greater
than 80 mm (3 in.).
Because of the difficulty of ensuring uniform heat treatment.
n. The minimum nitrogen content of 22 percent Chromium duplex stainless steel should be 0.12
percent. Duplex forgings and bar in particular should be subject to a metallographic
examination in accordance with ASTM E562 to demonstrate that the ferrite content of two
samples per heat treatment batch is between 40 percent and 60 percent and that the
microstructure does not contain grain boundary carbides or undesirable intermetallic phases.
Duplex stainless steel castings and forgings should be supplied in accordance with GN 36-016
as appropriate for the chemistry (25 percent Chrome or 22 percent Chrome) and product form.
With duplex stainless steel castings and forgings it is important to ensure that an
acceptable microstructure has been achieved after heat treatment.
o. If plate is used for process-wetted and/or pressure-containing parts where sour service is
specified it shall be “Z” quality supplied in accordance with BP requirements. For more severe
environments (e.g., if H2S is greater than 1 ppm) additional requirements apply.
Appropriate requirements are included in valve GIS.
p. Table 10 provides a list of commonly used valve shell materials with typical applications.
10.1.2. Alternative product forms, etc.

a. If steel castings are specified, forgings can usually be substituted.
b. If forgings are specified, substitution of castings or plates is not normally permitted.
c. If forgings or castings are specified, substitution of welded construction valves should be
subject to purchaser approval.
d. Hot isostatic pressing (HIPing) provides better integrity than castings and a better
microstructure than either castings or forgings. It is recommended as the best option for duplex
or super austenitic stainless steels if constraints of size and complexity do not prevent its use.
Non-destructive testing should be as required for forgings.
e. Type 316 stainless steel valves are usually acceptable in place of Type 304 stainless steel, but
any substitutions should be subject to purchaser approval.
Page 152 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 10 - Typical specifications (ASTM) and applications of valve shell materials
Material Typical Specifications Typical Application

Forgings Castings
Carbon Steel ASTM A105/A105M ASTM A216/A216M Non-corrosive process hydrocarbons,
Gr. WCB produced water, slurries, de-aerated
sea water, air, steam.
Low Temperature Carbon ASTM A350/A350M ASTM A352/A352M As above but for service between 0 C
Steel (Impact Tested) Gr. LF2 Cl1 Gr. LCB, LCC (32 F) and -45.56°C (-50°F) if
toughness must be demonstrated.
Chrome-Moly Alloy Steel ASTM A182/ A182M ASTM A217 High temperature steam and process.
1 ¼ Cr. - ½ Mo. Gr. F11 Gr. WC6 Good resistance to sulphur and
2 ¼ Cr. - 1 Mo. Gr. F22 Gr. WC9 hydrogen, good mechanical properties
5 Cr - ½ Mo Gr. F5 Gr. C5 at elevated temperatures (creep
resistant).
Austenitic Stainless Steel ASTM A182/A182M ASTM A351/ A351M Corrosive service, low temperature
Type 304 Gr. F304, F304L Gr. CF8, CF3 service, services requiring cleanliness.
Unsuitable for sea water service. Not to
be used if chlorides exceed 30 ppm.
Austenitic Stainless Steel ASTM A182/A182M ASTM A351/ A351M Corrosive service, low temperature
Type 304 Gr. F304, F304L Gr. CF8, CF3 service, services requiring cleanliness.
Unsuitable for sea water service. Not to
be used if chlorides exceed 30 ppm.
Stainless Steel Type 316 ASTM A182 Gr. ASTM A351/A351M Highly corrosive service. Not
F316, F316L Gr. CF8M, CF3M recommended for sea water. Not to be
used where chlorides exceed 30 ppm.
13 percent Chrome Stainless ASTM A182/A182M ASTM A217 CA15 Corrosive hydrocarbon service (e.g.,
Steel Gr. F6 wet gas + C02).
Not recommended for sea water.
Pressure-temperature ratings not
included in ASME B16.34.
Duplex Stainless Steel (22 ASTM A182/A182M ASTM A890/ A890M Gr. Corrosive hydrocarbon service.
percent Cr.) Gr. F51 4A or ASTM A995/
A995M Gr. 4A, and BP
Spec GP 18-04
Super Duplex Stainless ASTM A182/A182M ASTM A890/A890M Gr Sea water service, very corrosive
Steel (25 percent Cr.) Gr. F55 5A or ASTM A995/ hydrocarbon service.
A995M Gr. 5A, and BP Extreme sour service.
Spec GP 18-04. For
tubing and fittings
DWGOM GIS 36-0150
shall also apply.
Bronze - ASTM B62 Black sewage, brine, fire water, air,
steam, water. Leaded bronze has poor
resistance to sea water.
Nickel Aluminium Bronze - ASTM B148 UNS Sea water, black sewage, brine, fire
C95800 water. Good for high velocities.
Unsuitable for sulfide polluted water.
Titanium ASTM B348 Gr. 2 or Sodium hypochlorite and ferritic
ASTM B381 Gr. F2 chloride solutions. Seawater.
Grey Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B May be used for underground water
service, but should otherwise be
avoided. Should not be used if freezing
may occur. Do not use for
hydrocarbons or hazardous service.
Page 153 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Material Typical Specifications Typical Application

Forgings Castings
Spheroidal Graphite (ductile) ASTM A395/A395M As grey cast iron but with increased
Cast Iron ductility. May be used at higher
pressures and temperatures. Useful for
gearbox housings, etc.
Monel 400 (nickel-copper ASTM B164 Class A ASTM A494/ A494M or Sea water, brackish water, brine. Good
alloy) A744-M-35-1 resistance to all acids except oxidising
types.
Hastelloy Alloy C (Cr-Mo ASTM A494/ A494M or Hypochlorites, acetic acid chlorine,
alloy) A744-CW-12M hydrogen.
Thermoplastics Land locations or inside modules only if
UPBV no fire hazard. Low pressure water and
PVDF utility services only.
PP
ABS
Glass Filled Epoxy As above plus fire water, etc., if valves
have been fire type tested.
10.2. Material composition of welding end valves
10.2.1. General
The chemical composition (by ladle analysis) of valve bodies with butt weld or socket weld ends
should be restricted as follows:
10.2.2. Carbon and carbon-manganese steels

a. Carbon content: 0.25 percent max. (by weight)
b. Sulphur content: 0.035 percent max. (by weight).
c. Phosphorous content: 0.035 percent max. (by weight)
d. Carbon equivalent (CE): 0.43 percent max. (by weight)
Where CE = C + (Mn/6) + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15
If necessary, in order to achieve minimum specified strengths, it may be permissible to
increase the specified maximum manganese content, as given in the referenced
specification, up to a maximum of 1.6 percent provided the maximum permitted CE is
not exceeded.
10.2.3. Chromium-molybdenum steels

a. Steels with 2 percent Cr and less:
Carbon content: 0.20 percent max. by weight (forgings and castings).
b. Steels with more than 2 percent Cr:
Carbon content: 0.15 percent max. by weight.
c. Residual elements:
1. Copper 0.30 percent max.
2. Nickel 0.40 percent max.
3. Tungsten 0.10 percent max.
4. Tin 0.03 percent max.
Page 154 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
10.2.4. Austenitic stainless steel

a. Grades 304 and 316 should be restricted to a carbon content of 0.035 percent max. by weight.
Ideally, mechanical properties of the “normal” carbon grade should also be met.
b. Alternatively, a stabilised grade (e.g., 321) may be used.
This is in order to avoid corrosion resulting from the sensitisation of the material.
10.2.5. Monel
Nickel-copper “Monel” alloy should be of a weldable composition. Weld bend tests should be
carried out and the results included in test qualification records.
10.3. Metallic valve trim materials (obturator/seat/stem)

a. Materials used for valve trim should be suitable for exposure to the process fluid, any
treatment chemicals, and to the proposed test conditions. Base material for obturators and seats
should normally be corrosion resistant. An exception to this is that the plugs of balanced,
lubricated plug valves for use in oil service or dry gas service may utilise the manufacturer’s
proprietary surface treatment.
b. Materials should be selected to avoid galvanic action between dissimilar materials.
c. Seating components of metal seated valves should be faced with (or manufactured from) a
hard material (e.g., tungsten carbide, stellite, etc.), to withstand wear, abrasion and erosion.
Performance of hard facings may depend on the suitability of the substrate material
particularly at low temperatures.
d. Materials for valve stems should be chosen with a view to avoiding galling when in contact
with glands, trunnion bearings, etc. The same applies to piston type seats with cylindrical
contact surfaces (e.g., “double piston” arrangements).
Materials such as austenitic stainless steel, duplex/super duplex stainless steel and high
nickel alloys are prone to galling when there is moving contact under load between
parts made from the same material. Achievement of a differential hardness (50 HB
minimum) will reduce the risk. Plating or hard facing may be necessary to achieve this.
e. If duplex and super duplex stainless steel is used for trim components, the requirements of
Section 10.1.1 apply.
f. If alloy 718 (UNS N07718) is used for trim components, it should be procured in accordance
with API Spec 6A718 as modified by GN 36-001. Valve GIS incorporate these requirements.
This material can suffer from microstructural problems associated with the formation of
excessive amounts of delta phase. This can be controlled by limiting the niobium
content, control of the heat treatment, and forging process. API 6A718 includes
microstructural checks and reference micrographs, heat treatment procedures, and the
appropriate alloy chemistry limits.
g. Trim material combinations for wedge gate etc., valves should be selected from the
alternatives listed in the Reference Standard having regard to service conditions and required
operating characteristics. If trim materials are not listed in the standard or if unusual service
conditions exist, selection should take into account previous experience and the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
h. In the case of wedge gate, globe, and check valves, the seating surface trim selections of
Table 11 are usually acceptable. Typical applications of valve trim are listed in Table 12.
Page 155 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 11 - ISO 10434 seating surface trim selection
Trim
Service Combination Trim Description
Number
Dirty/abrasive
Steam (above 3 bar [40 psig])
Hydrogen
Gas service in which integrity is required
5 Hard face with Stellite, etc.
Duties in which there is risk of wire drawing, seizure, galling,
or high rates of wear
Class 1500 rating and above
Isolation of hazardous fluids
Wet H2S.
10 316 Austenitic Stainless Steel
Cyanides
HFA
9 (or 6) Monel (or Monel and 13 percent Cr.)
HCI
316 Austenitic Stainless Steel (or 13
Amine 10 (7)
percent Cr.)
Water
Instrument air
1 (7)
Inert gas
(5 and 8 also 13 percent Cr.
Caustic acceptable)
Clean hydrocarbon liquid and non- critical hydrocarbon gas
service
i. Hardness differential between seating surfaces should be 50 HB minimum except if both

seating surfaces are stellite pr carbide coated. The seat shall have the harder surface.
j. 17Cr-4Ni precipitation hardening stainless steel (e.g., ASTM A564/A564M, Grade 630)
should not be used for new valve stems in sour service which are required to comply with ISO
15156 (NACE MR0175). If used for other parts in sour service the material should comply
with ISO 15156 or, where appropriate for refinery service, NACE MR0103 including hardness
limitations and shall be generally in accordance with GP 36-25.
This material may be used for stems of refurbished ball valves or valves supplied from
stock if there is a good service history and it can be confirmed that the degree of
sourness of the process fluid has not increased. Valve stems in 17/4 ph should not be
used in double expanding gate valves in sour service due to the high stresses that may
be achieved in each cycle.
k. Nickel copper alloy 400 (“monel 400”) may be used at temperatures up to 150C (300F) in
sour service but alloy 500 (“monel K500”) should not be used.
l. Aluminium bronze alloy and nickel aluminium bronze alloy may be used in sour service.
Page 156 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Table 12 - Typical application of metallic trim materials
Material Notes
13 percent Chrome Steel General service, gases, oil, steam. Note:
Stems may be subject to graphitic attack if
graphite packing not efficiently inhibited.
13 percent chrome with Nickel Alloy General service, steam, water, air, gas, fuel
Facing* oil non-lubricating, non-corrosive low
viscosity oils.
13 percent Chrome Steel, Hard Faced General services, steam wire drawing
with Stellite, Colmonoy, etc. applications, gas, oil and oil vapour.
Abrasion Resistant Trim (e.g., Tungsten Dirty/abrasive service etc. (including “front
Carbide, Carbide + Stellite) end” oil and gas production) or critical valves
where commissioning/ line clearing
conditions are onerous.
Austenitic Stainless Steel 18-10-2* Corrosive service, cryogenic service.
17/4 PH Stainless Steel* Corrosive service where high strength
required. Not to be used for (new valve)
stems in sour service.
Bronze Cold/hot water, marine applications and low
temperature service.
Nickel Aluminium Bronze Sea water, brine, firewater unsuitable for
sulfide polluted water.
Duplex Stainless Steel* Corrosive service.
Super Duplex Stainless Steel& Sea water, very corrosive service.
Hastelloy Alloy C Hypochlorites, chlorine, hydrogen sulphide,
sea water, brine.
Nickel alloy (Monel and Inconel) Corrosive Services.
Titanium Sodium Hypochlorite, sea water.
Electroless Nickel Plating Used for ball valves on clean service or to
provide galling resistance.
* If used for obturator or seats, needs hard facing for dirty/abrasive service.
10.4. Bolting
a. Material for bolts, studs, screws, nuts and other fasteners should be selected to be compatible
with the flange materials and conditions of service.
b. Bolt materials for attachment of valves to piping flanges are normally determined by the
piping specification sheet. If wafer style valves are proposed, studs, etc., may be long and
should be selected to ensure that the coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the bolt material
is not greater than that of the valve body and pipe flanges.
Otherwise flange bolt load is reduced when the joint is heated.
c. For sour service, “M” grade restricted hardness bolting should be selected if contact with the
working fluid under pressure is expected (e.g., insulated joints in the event of leakage). Bolts
and nuts should meet the hardness requirements of ISO 15156 (or NACE MR0103 if
specified) and shall be generally in accordance with GP 36-25. If austenitic stainless steel bolts
and nuts are required, these items should be solution treated after thread forming.
Note that the solution heat treated grades of austenitic stainless steel may not have
adequate strength for flanges designed to conventional flanged joint rules such as
ASME VIII. This is particularly the case when using metallic type gaskets.
Page 157 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
d. Restricted hardness (< 34 HRC) should be specified for buried or subsea valves to avoid
hydrogen embrittlement from the cathodic protection.
“M” grade bolting also has a reduced tensile strength, leading to a need for more bolts
and larger, heavier flanges. If “normal” grade bolting can be confirmed to meet the
above hardness restriction there is an advantage in using this.
e. For low temperature applications, impact tested alloy steel material (“L” grade) should be
specified if impact testing of the valve shell materials is required.
For cryogenic service, austenitic stainless steel is frequently used but it should be
remembered that this material is much weaker than alloy steel, so bolt load may be
restricted if a direct substitution is made without redesign of the joint.
Note that the impact test requirement for L7 is -101C, but L7M is only -73C. There is no
sour service grade of alloy steel bolting below -73C.
10.5. Plating
a. Plating such as electroless nickel (ENP) may be used if necessary to provide limited
wear/erosion resistance and to prevent galling of parts in sliding contact.
Plating alone is rarely effective in abrasive service and overlaid or sprayed coatings
(e.g., tungsten carbide) are generally preferred.
b. Plating should not be used as primary means of providing corrosion resistance.
Plating is usually porous to some extent (particularly chrome plating).
c. If pitting corrosion is to be avoided (in corrosive service), the base material should be fully
corrosion resistant (e.g., martensitic, austenitic or duplex stainless steel as appropriate) or a
non-porous foundation layer should be applied first. If service is non-corrosive ENP is
recommended to protect carbon steel trim from corrosion during hydrotesting.
Valves with (e.g.,) carbon steel balls may be susceptible to corrosion as a result of
prolonged exposure to test water even if the service is benign (e.g., dry gas), but ENP is
usually effective in preventing this.
d. Only established sources having a good history of supply should be used for ENP.
The quality of ENP is extremely dependent on the controls that the plater applies and
the care he takes over the process (bath cleanliness etc.).
e. There should be a written procedure specifying the following:
1. Surface preparation.
2. Plating thickness (between 25 µm and 75 µm [0.001 in. to 0.003 in.]).
Greater thickness provides improved wear resistance and reduced porosity at the
expense of a rougher surface finish.
3. Crack/porosity detection.
4. Adhesion strength.
5. Phosphorous content (8 percent to 11 percent).
6. A limit on elements other than nickel or phosphorous.
7. Organic bath stabilization (i.e., as opposed to stabilisation using lead, sulphur, or
cadmium).
Page 158 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
8. Heat treatment.
f. The base material of plated components in sour service should meet the requirements of ISO
15156 and the plating itself should be compatible with sour service. Cadmium and zinc plating
shall not be used.
10.6. Hard coating

Hard coatings are used to provide resistance to abrasive wear and generally take two
forms:
 Fusion welded coatings of cobalt or nickel based alloys.
 Sprayed-on thin coatings of metallic/ceramic particles in a matrix of cobalt, nickel
and chrome alloys (“cermets”).
Application of fusion welded coatings of the “Stellite” (cobalt based) or “Colmonoy” (nickel based)
type should be covered by qualified welding procedures that should include hardness checks and
surface iron content analysis to determine the degree of dilution at the finished machined thickness.
These alloy ranges encompass materials that are suitable for all operating temperatures
including into the creep range. Hardness of different alloys varies and some differential
is desirable in the case of sliding contact.
These materials are sometimes used in solid cast form (e.g., for small valve disks and
plugs).
The most common cermet coating is tungsten carbide although chrome carbide is also
used in high wear applications. The usual method of application is by the HVOF
process. The coating is always porous to some extent and so is usually filled with
phenolic resin or similar prior to finishing. This limits elevated temperature application
to 200°C (392°F) or less. Cermets are very much harder and more wear resistant than
fusion welded “Stellite” type coatings and can withstand dirty and abrasive service
well.
These materials are also used in solid sintered form, usually in choke valves and control
valves where erosion resistance is the primary requirement. In solid form they are
brittle and have low resistance to tensile forces.
A recent development is the application (by chemical or physical vapour deposition in a
vacuum furnace) of thin “diamond-like” coatings. Laboratory tests have shown that,
when such coatings are applied on top of tungsten carbide, wear resistance is
significantly increased and coefficient of sliding friction is reduced. This may provide
valuable advantages in critical high pressure service applications.
10.7. Ceramics
There are a limited number of engineering ceramics that may be used to provide wear
and erosion resistance. These are usually provided as solid trim components, bearing
sleeves, etc.
Ceramics should be avoided (or protected) if significant solid objects may be present in the flow
(e.g., as a result of mechanical failure upstream) as they are usually brittle and therefore vulnerable
to damage by impact.
The most wear/erosion resistant grades such as silicon carbide are the most brittle, but
partially stabilized zirconium exhibits greatly increased toughness at the expense of
some reduction in erosion resistance.
Page 159 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
10.8. Elastomers (rubber) and polymers (plastic)

a. Materials should be confirmed to be compatible with all anticipated operating, test, and dosing
fluids.
This is a particularly important consideration if buying valves for stock that may then
be used on multiple applications. Chemical resistance charts for non-metallic materials
are available from material manufacturers and in the general literature.
b. If the chemical resistance of a non-metallic material is in doubt, specialist advice should be
sought.
c. Soft seated valves should be provided with a polymer or elastomer seat insert. Acceptable
polymers are PTFE (typically Class 150 and Class 300 only), filled PTFE, Nylon and PEEK.
The most usual elastomers are NBR and FKM in the form of a trapped O-ring. If a seat insert
is elastomer this should be a specially shaped section to prevent “rolling” during valve
operation.
Some materials may be subject to swelling if used with particular fluids (e.g., nitrile
rubber is not suitable in de-ionised water, nylon may swell if exposed to water
(including extended exposure to test water) and later become brittle if used at
temperatures above 70°C [158°F]).
d. Most valve manufacturers publish pressure/temperature rating curves for their valves and these
should be consulted. It is recommended that valves having reduced pressure ratings below the
upper temperature limit be avoided.
Maximum and minimum operating temperatures are limited if non-metallic materials
are used for seats, seals, linings, gaskets, or valve bodies. For example, Virgin PTFE is
normally limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200°C (392°F) although this
may be increased marginally by the use of a suitable filler such as glass. Some valve
standards (e.g., ISO 17292) allow pressure ratings to be reduced at elevated
temperatures such that they no longer conform to the standard ASME Class rating.
e. Valves having pressure boundaries made from thermoplastic material should only be used in
building services and similar applications. Valves having pressure boundaries made from
reinforced thermosetting material and having standard pressure temperature ratings may be
used on chemicals, utility and fire water applications, including offshore.
Valves constructed entirely out of plastic (or having principal parts made from plastic)
are now available. Ball and butterfly types are most common. There are two basic
material types: valves made from thermoplastic materials such as ABS, PVDF and
valves made from filled epoxy (thermosetting). The former are only suitable for very low
pressure service on innocuous utilities in which there is no fire hazard or if failure in a
fire is of no consequence. Filled epoxy valves usually incorporate steel stems/shafts and
can be a good choice for corrosive chemicals, seawater or firewater as they offer weight
and cost savings compared to corrosion resistant alloys. Some are available in fire type
tested versions.
f. If a fire hazard exists, appropriate fire type test certification, relating to the non-metallic
materials used, should be insisted upon.
Specialist advice should be sought if it is not clear whether an existing test certificate
covers the proposed material.
g. In the case of novel applications, specialist advice should be sought.
Page 160 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Detailed advice on material selection, material properties, and chemical compatibility

of elastomers and some polymers can be found at http://elastomers.bpweb.bp.com.
General application information for the more common materials is provided in
Table 13.
Table 13 - General application data for non-metallic materials
Materials Application
Chlorinated Polyethylene Good resistance to acids and solvents. If softening can be tolerated
(Penton) can be used to 90°C (194°F).
Chloroprene Rubber Suitable for some process services, good oil resistance with some
(Neoprene) grades. Good resistant to sunlight and weather. Suffers from
compression set when hot. Not the most useful elastomer for
hydrocarbon service.
Chlorosulphonated Similar to neoprene but with higher temperature capability. Good
Polyethylene (Hypalon) resistance to chemical attack (e.g., acids, alkalis, oxidizing agents,
mineral and vegetable oils), poor resistance to aromatic and
chlorinated hydrocarbons.
Ebonite Good chemical resistance. Most grades soften above 70°C (158°F).
Becomes brittle at low temperatures.
Epichlorohydrin (ECO) Good oil and methanol resistance. Poor resistance to acids and
aromatic hydrocarbons.
Ethylene Propylene Good mechanical properties, good resistance to phosphate ester
(EPDM) based hydraulic fluids and minerals. Good hot water and weather
resistance. Not suitable for hydrocarbon service. Good temperature
range.
Fluoroelastomer FKM Water and hydrocarbon process service. Suitable for sour service.
(Viton) Good resistance to some acids, petrol and solvents. Should not be
used with esters and keytones. Poor flexibility at low temperatures.
Viton A has poor methanol resistance, Viton B & GF are unaffected by
methanol diluted by at least 2 percent water and are the most useful
grades for hydrocarbon service. GLT Grade will go down to -40°C
(-40°F). Filled, e.d. resistant grades available.
Fluoroelastomer FEPM Not suitable for use at low or room temperature. Good resistance to
(Aflas) amine based corrosion inhibitors at high temperature.
Fluorosilicone Good H2S and methanol resistance. Reasonable resistance to acids
and aromatic compounds.
Hydrogenated Nitrile Usable at lower temperatures than Viton. Suitable for sour service
Rubber (HNBR) applications. e.d.-resistant grades available.
Natural Rubber Suitable for cold water and some chemical and abrasive service. Has
low resistance to solvents, oils and sunlight.
Nitrile Rubber (NBR) Good general service material, good resistant to oil, solvents (but not
aromatics) and chemicals, L.P. hydrocarbon gas. Subject to swelling
when used with de-ionised water. Not to be used for sour service. Poor
resistance to sunlight and weather. Not to be used on gas service
above Class 600 rating.
Nylon (Polyamide) Insoluble in hydrocarbons, good resistance to alkalis but attacked by
mineral acid; absorbs water and swells (hydrolysis). Should not be
used above 70°C (158°F) if there is/has been exposure to water or
methanol.
Low coefficient of friction. Most commonly used grade for valves is
Nylon 6. Grades 11 and 12 slightly less prone to hydrolysis.
Perfluoroelastomer Excellent resistance to aggressive chemicals with an extended upper
(Kalrez, etc.) temperature limit. Attacked by refrigerants. Not normally available in
e.d. resistant grades. Expensive.
Page 161 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Materials Application
Polyethylene Good resistance to mineral acids, alkalis and solvents. Suffers
embrittlement when subject to polar solvents, esters, alcohols and
keytones.
Polypropylene Good resistant to chemical attack, similar to polyethylene but not so
subject to stress cracking.
Polyurethane Excellent resistance to oils, solvents, fats, grease, petrol, ozone
sunlight and weather. Good properties at low temperatures. Some
reduction in properties at high temperatures, susceptible to hydrolysis
should not be used with hot water, acid or methanol. Swells on contact
with keytones, esters and aromatics.
Polyetheretherketone Rigid, hard polymer with high degree of chemical inertia. Good wear
PEEK resistance for a polymer. Can be used in steam and hot water service.
Higher coefficient of friction than PTFE but not prone to cold flow.
Polytetrafluoroethylene Excellent for most process services. Virtually inert. Max temperature
PTFE limit 200°C (392°F). Strength may be increased by adding fillers such
as glass and carbon. Max. allowable temperature depends on
seal/valve design. Very low coefficient of friction, subject to creep and
cold flow under moderate loads.
Polytrifluorochloroethylene Similar chemical resistance to PTFE but harder and stronger. Lower
(PTCFE) operating temperature range.
Silicone Rubber Poor physical properties, lack of resistance to chemical attack. Not
resistant to acids or alkalis. Aromatic and chlorinated solvents and
petrol cause swelling. Best low temperature resistance of any
elastomer.
Notes:
1. Most elastomers are subject to swelling when used with de-ionized water (particularly nitrile rubber).
2. Viton and neoprene elastomers should not be considered for hot water applications because they are
susceptible to blistering, but may be used for hot oil application.
3. EPDM (peroxide cured) may be considered for hot water applications up to 130°C (267°F).
4. Hydrocarbon gas service above 70 bar (1 000 psig) requires elastomer compounds that have been
demonstrated to be resistant to explosive decompression.
10.9. Graphite packing and seals

a. The packing material for general service block valves should be low to medium density, high
purity graphite incorporating a non-metallic, inorganic, phosphorous based, passivating,
corrosion inhibitor to prevent graphitic attack of 13 percent Cr. steel valve stems in the
presence of water.
b. The corrosion inhibitor should be impregnated before die forming.
c. Density of compressed rings before assembly should not normally exceed 1.6 gm/cc (100
lb/ft3).
d. Braided anti-extrusion rings should be provided at the top and bottom of the set.
e. Graphite should not be used with chemical oxidizers or if the packing is exposed to air at
temperatures above 450°C (842°F).
f. Other graphite seals (e.g., fire seals in ball valves) should be passivated as required above.
10.10. Asbestos replacement materials

a. Asbestos packing should not be used.
Page 162 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
b. The use of so called “asbestos replacement” materials (e.g., in the limited number of cases in
which graphite is not appropriate) should be restricted to those applications in which tests have
shown that the required performance is attained.
10.11. Material temperature limitations

The maximum and minimum operating temperatures given in Table 14, Table 15 and Table 16
below are a general guide only for non-corrosive conditions. The corrosive nature or condition of
the fluid may restrict the allowable operating temperature range and service life of the material. In
case of doubt a materials specialist should be consulted.
Table 14 - Temperature limits of valve shell materials
Materials Temperature
Minimum Maximum
°C °F °C °F
3 3
Carbon Steel (non-impact tested) -29 -20 425 797
Carbon Steel (impact tested [e.g., LLC/FL2]) -45.56 -50 343 650
3 3 1, 2 1, 2
Chromium Moly (1 1/4 Cr., 1/2 Mo) -29 -20 593 1 100
3 3 1 1
Chromium Moly (5 Cr., 1/2 Mo) -29 -20 593 1 100
Stainless Steel Type 304 -196 -321 538 1 000
Stainless Steel type 316 -196 -321 538 1 000
Bronze -196 -321 260 500
Aluminum Bronze -196 -321 260 500
4 4
Titanium -30 -22 315 600
Grey Cast Iron 5 41 204 400
5 5
Spheroidal Graphite Cast Iron 5 41 343 650
Monel 400 -196 -321 425 797
Hastelloy C -196 -321 425 797
13 percent Chrome Steel (impact tested) -50 -58 600 1 112
Duplex Stainless Steel (impact tested) -50 -58 315 600
Notes:
1. Class 150 flanged valves 540°C (1 000°F) max.
2. Scaling may occur above 565°C (1 050°F).
3. ASME materials only, used in conjunction with ASME B31.3 Piping Code.
4. Particular grades can go lower.
5. Or lower, with impact tests.
6. All temperature limits may have to be modified to suit trim and sealing materials.
Table 15 - Temperature limits of metallic trim materials
Minimum Maximum
°C °F °C °F
Aluminum Bronze -196 -321 260 500
Austenitic Stainless Steel (with or without hard -196 -321 450 842
facing)
Bronze -196 -321 288 550
Page 163 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
13 percent Chromium Steel -50 -58 600 1 112

13 percent Chromium with Hard Facing -50 -58 450 to 842 to
(depending on facing material) 600 1 112
Duplex Stainless Steel -50 -58 315 600
Hastelloy Alloy C -196 -321 425 797
Inconel 625 and 718 -196 -321 650 1 202
Monel -196 -321 425 797
Stellite Hard Facing -196 -321 650 1 202
Tungsten Carbide -50 -58 150* 302*
*If resin filled. If unfilled, 650°C (1,200°F).
Table 16 - Temperature limits of non-metallic materials
Minimum Maximum
°C °F °C °F
Chlorinated Polyethylene (Penton) -10 -14 90 194
Chlorosuphonated Polyethylene (Hypalon) -15 5 200 392
(depends on grade)
Ebonite (depends on grade) 0 32 57 to 135 to
149 300
Ethylene Propylene (EPDM) -30 -22 150 302
Epichlorohydrin -30 -22 150 302
2 2
Fluoroelastomer FKM (Viton) (depends on -40 to -40 to 200 392
grade) -5 23
Fluoroelastomer FEPM (Aflas) 30 86 220 428
Fluorosilicone -45 -49 175 347
Hydrogenated nitrile (HNBR) (depends on -40 to -40 to 150 302
grade) -20 -4
Natural Rubber -50 -58 70 158
Nitrile rubber (NBR) -20 -4 120 248
3 3
Nylon (Devlon V) -196 -321 120 248
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez/Chemraz etc.) 0 32 230 to 446 to
(depends on grade) 260 500
Polychloroprene (neoprene) -20 -4 100 212
Polyethylene -40 -40 60 140
Polyproplene 0 32 100 212
Polyurethane -30 -22 90 194
7
PEEK -100 -148 250 482
4 4
PTFE (virgin) -196 -321 260 500
Silicone Rubber -60 -76 170 338
1. For continuous exposure. Most materials can withstand brief excursions to 5 C (9 F) lower and 10/20 C
(18/36 F) higher. For marginal applications specialist advice should be sought.
2. Unless special arrangements are made to prevent extrusion an upper limit of 180 C (356 F) is
recommended.
3. 100 C (212 F) if material has had significant exposure to water.
4. If fully contained. This material tends to extrude and a safer upper limit is 200 C (392 F).
5. All materials can withstand temperatures 25 C (45 F) above the specified upper limit for short periods.
6. At temperatures below the lower limit elastomers tend to lose resilience, leading to leakage. If the
Page 164 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Minimum Maximum
°C °F °C °F
temperature is increased the material recovers.
7. Actual application temperature at pressure should be further restricted per manufacturer's
recommendation.
10.12. Temporary coatings, lubricants, etc.

a. Depending on local regulatory or site requirements, information may have to be supplied
relating to any temporary coatings, insulating oils, corrosion inhibitors, anti-freeze solutions,
desiccants or other chemical or hydrocarbon substances (e.g., provision of a Materials Safety
Data Sheet).
1. In such cases valves and actuators should be prominently tagged at openings to indicate
the nature of contents, and precautions for shipping, storage, and handling should be
provided.
2. Any such requirements should be indicated on the purchase order.
b. Except for lubricated plug valves, all valves may be built using a thin film of light lubricating
oil, typically SAE 30. The use of grease shall be avoided, and only with specific agreement.
Specific anti-gall compounds used on metal seals and gaskets shall also be by agreement.
Grease can mask leakage particularly on metal seated valves or metal joints.
11. Valve criticality rating
Valve criticality rating establishes valve quality assurance requirements during design, fabrication and
testing. Stringency of QA requirements is linked to the valve’s performance and integrity in regards to
HSSE and production while also considering valve design maturity, materials, manufacturing complexity
and service severity. Highly critical valves (Criticality Ratings 1 and 2) shall be purchased using global
agreements established by BP with a small number of pre-qualified critical valve manufacturers. Contact
the local BP PSCM Department for a current list of approved critical valve manufacturers.
For Gulf of Mexico applications, DWGOM GP 32-0015 shall be used to determine valve criticality
ratings.
Page 165 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Annex A
(Informative)
Glossary of valve terminology
This annex lists many common terms used in valve specification and description
Abrasion
Wear of valve trim caused by rubbing of one surface over another exacerbated by hard particulate in the
process fluid.
Actuator
A powdered valve operator energised by electric, pneumatic or hydraulic power sources.
Air/Vacuum Relief Valve

See pressure/vacuum safety valve.
Angle Valve
A globe valve design having valve ends at right angles to each other. Normally the inlet in the vertical
plane and outlet in the horizontal plan but well chokes use the opposite configuration.
Anti-Blowout Stem
A valve stem with a shoulder, positively retained by the body or bonnet which prevents ejection of the
stem by pressure.
Anti-Static Device
A device providing electrical continuity between the valve body and internal components to prevent
ignition of flammable fluids by static discharge.
Automatic Control Valve

An actuated valve automatically regulating the flow, pressure or temperature of a fluid in response to a
process signal.
Axial Flow Valve

A valve of the globe type whose seat and plug axis are on the pipe axis. Available in check, on-off and
control valve versions (also known as a nozzle valve, inline globe or (in check version) anti-slam valve).
Back Pressure
The pressure at the outlet, downstream of the valve. For safety valves back pressure can affect operation
and is often expressed as a percentage of the set pressure.
Back Pressure Controller

An automatic control valve with an internal sensing element which maintains a constant pressure in the
upstream pipe-work.
Back Seat
In globe or gate valves a face on the valve stem, seating on the underside of the gland stuffing box,
providing a metal to metal seat in the full open position. Intended to reduce gland leakage should this
occur.
Page 166 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Balanced Safety Valve

A safety valve in which the back pressure is balanced so that it does not affect the set point (generally by
means of a bellows).
Ball
See Closure.
Ball Check Valve

A lift check valve having a free or spring loaded ball closing on a spherical seat (see also check valve).
Ball Valve
A quarter turn, rotary action valve with spherical obturator and seats. (Sometimes called a ball plug
valve).
Bellows
A convoluted, cylindrical component, usually metal, providing axial flexibility combined with pressure
containment. Used as a hermetic gland seal (in bellows sealed valves) or for equalising back pressure in
balanced safety valves. Occasionally used for loading seats in some designs of ball and gate valves for
high temperature.
Bellows Sealed Valve

A valve having a bellows sealed gland.
Bidirectional Valve
A valve designed to seal against flow or pressure from either direction.
Block Valve
A general term for valves used to shut off flow and pressure. Other terms used are isolation valve, shut-off
valve and stop valve.
Blow Down (safety valves)

When applied to safety valves means the difference between set pressure and receiving pressure, usually
expressed as a percentage of set pressure.
Blow Down (gas or steam service)

When applied to gas or steam service the depressurization of a piping system, etc.
Blow Down Valve

A valve, often specially designed for rapid depressurising of a high pressure system. Automated versions
are linked to the emergency shut-down system.
Body (Valve)
The main pressure containing component of a valve shell. The body may be of a single piece construction
or comprised of several sections.
Bolted Bonnet
A term specifying that the bonnet is bolted to the body (not screwed or welded).
Page 167 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Bolted Gland
A term specifying that the gland is bolted to the bonnet (not screwed or a union type).
Bonnet
The pressure containing top cover containing the gland. The term cover is used for check valves.
Bonnet Assembly
The bonnet and valve operator.
Bonnet Packing
See gland packing.
Bonnetless Valve
A term for a valve having all internal parts inserted into a one piece body.
Bottom Flange
A term used when a pressure containing plate covers an opening on the bottom of a valve.
Breakout Torque of Force

The torque or force required at the valve stem to initially move the obturator from the fully closed
position.
Bronze Trim or Bronze Mounted

Specifies that trim (internal components) (e.g., closure, stem, seat ring) are of bronze.
Bubble Tight
No visible leakage (bubbles of air) during a gas seat test.
Built-Up Back Pressure

A pressure occurring at a safety valve outlet during discharge as a result of discharge line flow resistance.
Normally expressed as a percentage of the set pressure.
Butterfly Valve
A quarter turn valve having a circular, disk like obturator mounted on a shaft transverse to the axis of the
pipe. When rotated the disk shuts off the pipe at right angles to the flow.
By-Pass Valve
A valve intended to divert flow around part of a system through which it normally passes.
Cage Trim
A cylindrical component having multiple holes intended to improve regulation of flow and minimise wear
and noise in control and choke valves.
Cavitation
A phenomenon which can occur in partially closed valves in liquid service if pressure at the vena
contractor is reduced below vapour pressure. Subsequent increases in static pressure cause vapour bubbles
to suddenly collapse or implode causing erosion damage.
Page 168 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Cavity Relief
Relief to prevent pressure rise in valve body cavities due to temperature changes affecting trapped fluids.
Internal relief may be provided by the seat design but external relief may be necessary in some designs
requiring a body mounted relief valve with its inlet connected to the cavity.
Chatter
Rapid reciprocating motion of safety valve disks contacting the seat. Typically a result of oversizing
where high pressure occurs but there is insufficient volume to fully lift the valve.
Check Valve
A self-acting valve type allowing forward flow and preventing reverse flow. Other terms used include
non-return valve, reflux and retention valve.
Chock Valve
A control valve for flow and pressure reduction, specifically located immediately downstream of an oil or
gas well or upstream of a water or gas injection well. The design is similar to a globe valve, the closure
being conical or plug shape seating in a circular orifice.
Clamp Gate Valve

A gate valve having body and bonnet held together by a ‘U’ bolt clamp which facilitates strip-down for
overhaul.
Class Rating
A meaningless number denoting a range of temperature and pressure combinations at which a valve may
be used.
Clean Service
A classification used to denote that the process fluid and piping system are essentially clean and free of
solids or debris.
Closing Torque or Force

Torque or force required at the valve stem to close the obturator on to the seat.
Closure Member
The final component of the valve drive train regulating the flow or pressure and closing against the seat
(e.g., ball, disk, gate, piston or plug). Synonymous with obturator.
Cock
A small quarter turn, rotary action valve with a taper plug closure, generally used for low pressure
instrumentation, drains and vents.
Combined Stop and Check Valve

See globe stop and check valve.
Compact Gate Valve

A gate valve of small nominal size having compact dimensions. Normally complying with ISO 15761 or
API Std 602. May be supplied with one extended end for threaded or welded attachment to pipe (formerly
addressed by API Std 606).
Page 169 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Conduit Gate Valve

A parallel gate valve having a continuous uninterrupted port through the valve when fully open. Also
known as a through conduit gate valve. See also slab gate and split gate valves.
Control Valve
A valve that regulates flow, pressure or temperature. See also automatic control valve and manual control
valve. Other terms include regulating valve and throttling valve.
Corrosion Allowance
An addition to the design wall thickness of pressure containing components which may be subject to
corrosion in service.
Crawl
Graduated adjustment of the set pressure of a spring loaded safety valve from below normal to normal
after the spring temperature has been raised by discharged fluid.
Cryogenic Valve
A valve designed to operate within the temperature range –50°C to –196°C (–58°F to –320°F). Typical
valve types used include ball, butterfly globe, wedge gate and check valves.
Dashpot
A device for dampening the movement of the closure member, particularly of check valves.
Diaphragm
A flexible disk of metal, polymer or elastomer that provides limited movement for valve operation or is
used to sense pressure. Applications include diaphragm check valves, diaphragm block valves, pressure
regulators and control valve actuators.
Diaphragm Actuator
A control valve actuator consisting of a diaphragm in a pressurised housing. Usually pneumatic operation
with spring return.
Diaphragm Check Valve

A valve in which the closure element is a specially shaped diaphragm allowing forward flow but
preventing reverse flow.
Diaphragm Valve
A block/control valve utilizing a resilient diaphragm as the closure element. Can be either weir or straight
through type.
Differential Pressure
The difference in pressure between any two points in a piping system. For valves usually the difference in
pressure between the upstream (inlet) and downstream (outlet) of a fully closed valve. Also known as
pressure differential.
Discharge Coefficient
The ratio of the measured relieving capacity of a pressure relief valve to the theoretical relieving capacity.
Page 170 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Dirty Service
Denotes that the process fluid and piping system contain particulate which may damage valves unless
specially selected for the conditions (e.g., hard metal seated slab gate and ball valves for oil and gas
production).
Diverter Service
A process requirement to direct flow from one stream to two or more streams. Several block valves or a
single diverter valve may be employed.
Diverter Valve
A valve with multiple ports intended to divert flow from one stream to two or more alternative streams
whilst preventing intermixing. Also called multi-port valves, switching valves and change over valves.
The term is sometimes used to describe several valves used in combination for directing flow streams.
Double Block
The provision of double isolation either by means of two separate valves installed in series or by means of
a single valve having two seats, each of which provides a seal.
Double Block and Bleed Valve (DBB)

Specifically as defined by ISO 14313 (API 6D) single valve with two seating surfaces that, in the closed
position, provides a seal against pressure from both ends of the valve with a means of venting/bleeding the
cavity between the seating surfaces
Note that this DOES NOT provide double isolation of equipment from a single source of pressure. A
standard trunnion mounted ball valve meets this definition.
Double Disk Butterfly Valve

An uncommon design having two disks to isolate flow and pressure usually provided with cavity bleed for
double block and bleed.
Double Isolation and Bleed Valve (DIB)

Specifically as defined by ISO 14313 (API 6D) single valve with two seating surfaces, each of which, in
the closed position, provides a seal against pressure from a single source, with a means of
venting/bleeding the cavity between the seating surfaces.
This feature can be provided in one direction or in both directions and facilitates a double isolation of
equipment from a single source of pressure using a single valve.
Double Piston Effect Seat

A trunnion mounted ball valve seat which is designed to seal with pressure applied from the body cavity.
Downstream Seated Valve

A valve where the upstream line pressure loads the obturator against the downstream seat with differential
pressure across the valve. Typical examples include gate valves, floating ball valves, globe valves and
butterfly valves.
Drag Valve
A control valve with a cage trim having multiple perforations providing a high resistance flow path for
high pressure drop, low noise application.
Page 171 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Drive Train
The components which transmit operating force or torque from the input device (handwheel, actuator,
etc.) through the pressure retaining boundary to the valve seat.
Drop Tight
A term specifying that no liquid droplets should be visible through a closed valve.
Dual Plate Check Valve

A swing check valve having a central shaft which supports two spring loaded half disks.
Eccentric Ball Valve

A quarter turn, rotary action valve providing a cam action against the seat and this closing by application
of mechanical force.
End Entry Ball Valve

Strictly a ball valve with a single piece body in which the ball is assembled from one end of the bore and
held in position by a seat/retainer ring fastened to the body. The term is often used interchangeably with
Side Entry Ball Valve.
Erosion
Damage to the valve/trim caused by high velocity flow of fluids – usually containing solids.
Excess Flow Valve

A valve designed to close automatically when flow exceeds a specified rate.
Expanding Gate Valve

A parallel gate valve having two gate halves with inclined mating faces such that operation results in
mechanical loading of each gate half against its seat.
Expanding Plug Valve

A parallel plug valve having two plug halves separated by an internal wedge such that operation results in
mechanical loading of each plug half against its seat.
Face to Face Dimensions

The dimension from the end face of the inlet port to the end face of the outlet port of a valve or pipe
fitting.
Facing
The finish of the gasket contact surface of flanged end piping materials and valves.
Fire Fighting Valve

Generally a globe valve specifically for fire hydrants having an outlet for a hose coupling.
Fire Safe
A misleading and incorrect term used to describe a valve suitable for service in fire hazardous areas.
Fire Type Test

A standardised test which can be performed on a valve or range of valves to provide an indication of how
they may behave when subjected to a real fire.
Page 172 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Fire Type Test Certified Valve

A valve covered by fire type test certification in accordance with an accepted fire type test standard.
Fixed Seat
Seats fixed to the valve body, often by welding.
Flap Valve
A low pressure swing check valve having hinged disk or flap, sometimes leather or rubber faced.
Flash Point
The temperature at which a fluid first releases sufficient flammable vapour to ignite in the presence of a
small flame or spark.
Flat Faced Bonnet Joint

The jointing surface between a valve body and bonnet when the bonnet is not recessed into the body but
seated on a flat surface. Suitable for low pressure service only.
Flat Full Face Gasket

A flat gasket covering the entire surface of parts to be joined.
Flexible Wedge Gate Valve

A valve having a slotted gate permitting flexing, improving seat alignment and reducing break out and
closing force (torque) with high pressures and temperatures. Only effective in larger sizes.
Float Valve
An automatic flow control valve of globe or piston type, usually operated by a float mechanism for
regulating or maintaining liquid level in a tank.
Floating Ball Valve

A valve having a ball supported by seat rings, without a trunnion. Also called a seat supported ball valve.
Floating Seats
Valve seats having limited axial movement, energised by line pressure to seal against the obturator and
sealed against the valve body.
Flow Coefficient Cv
The flow capacity of a valve at a specified opening position in US gallons per minute of water at a
temperature of 60°F with a pressure loss of one pound per square inch.
Flow Coefficient Kv
The flow capacity of a valve at a specified opening position in cubic meters per hour of water at 15°C
with a pressure loss of 0.981 bar.
Flutter
Rapid reciprocating or oscillating motion of a valve disk during which the disk does not contact seat
(applicable to check valves).
Page 173 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Foot Valve
A lift or swing check valve with an open inlet for total immersion on a pump suction line, always fitted
with a filter or strainer.
Full Bore/Port
A valve bore approximately equivalent to pipe bore - minimising pressure drop and facilitating pigging.
Full Bore Diaphragm Valve

Diaphragm valve with straight through full bore. See diaphragm valve and weir diaphragm valve.
Full Bore Plug Valve

Plug valve with full bore through valve as opposed to standard patterns having trapezoidal ports.
Full Lift Safety Valve

A valve which modulates open over a small portion of the lift and then opens rapidly to the fully open
position.
Galling
The tendency to seizure of two metallic components in sliding contact, usually where there is insufficient
difference in relative hardness or where identical materials are used.
Gate
The obturator of a gate valve.
Gate Valve
A linear action, multi-turn (when hand operated) valve, the obturator is a gate or disk closing against flat
faced seats.
Gear Operator
A gearbox fitted to a valve for manual or actuated operation to reduce operating effort. Increases operating
time.
Gland
A flanged or screwed component fastened to the bonnet to compress and retain the gland packing.
Gland Follower
An integral or separate gland component in direct contact with the packing.
Glandless Valve
A valve not requiring a gland (e.g., a diaphragm valve or pinch valve).
Gland Packing
See packing.
Globe Stop and Check Valve

A globe valve whose disk is disconnected from the stem so that, in the open position, the valve acts as a
check valve. Also called a combination stop check valve.
Page 174 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Globe Valve
A linear action, multi-turn (when hand operated) valve with a disk or plug type obturator seating on a flat
or shaped seat.
Hammer Blow Handwheel

A handwheel incorporating lost motion and designed to provide a sudden load to start opening of a valve
where a plain handwheel is inadequate but a geared operator is not justified. Generally only used with
globe valves and wedge gate valves.
Handwheel
The manually operated component used to open and close a valve.
Hand Operated Valve

A valve without a powered actuator.
Hard Faced Seats

Seats or seating having a hard facing or coating to provide good sealing surfaces resistant to wear, wire
drawing, galling and abrasion. Materials generally used - cobalt bearing alloys (Stellite, Colmonoy);
carbides (tungsten, chromium).
Hard Seated Valve

A valve with hard faced seats and obturator.
(Valve) Height
Usually the distance from pipe centre line to top of valve handwheel or the top of a gear operator or
powered actuator. See overall height.
High Performance Butterfly Valve

Imprecise term historically used for double and triple offset butterfly valves.
Hose End Valve

A valve for utility services which has fittings for connection to a hose.
Inlay/Overlay
A corrosion resistant fusion welded coating applied to valve body internal surfaces.
Inlet Port
The port connected directly to the upstream pipework.
Inside Screw Non-Rising Stem

A gate valve design in which the gate rises on a threaded portion of the stem within the valve body and
below the stem seal. The stem rotates but does not rise.
Iris Valve
A valve design in which the closure moves towards the center of the valve bore to seat.
Isolation Valve
See block valve.
Page 175 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Kicker Valve
A specific term for the valve used on pig traps to initiate pig launching and to stop flow on pig reception.
Knife Gate Valve

A valve having a narrow parallel gate with a shaped edge for cutting through glutinous media or slurries.
Normally limited to low pressure, the gland normally seals directly onto the gate.
Lantern Ring
A metallic ring forming a chamber between upper and lower sets of compression packings in a stuffing
box. A port from the bonnet may connect with the lantern ring which may have several functions:
 An injection chamber for gland sealant.

 A pressure chamber for preventing external loss of (e.g., toxic process fluid).
 A leakage collection chamber.
Lapping
The process of rubbing and polishing surfaces (e.g., obturator and seats) to obtain a smooth seating
surface and minimise leakage.
Leak Tight
A term confirming there is no leakage through or from a valve.
Lever Operated Valve

A quarter turn, rotary action valve (e.g., ball, butterfly and plug types), usually small, low rated valves.
Lift Check Valve

A check valve in which the obturator is lifted from the seat during forward flow.
Lifting Plug Valve

A valve in which the plug is lifted clear of the seat during rotation from open to close to reduce operating
torque.
Line Blind Valve

A method of positive isolation using a plate arranged to rotate between flanges that are clamped against
the plate to seal off. Also called a goggle and spectacle valve.
Line Pressure
The pressure in the piping system.
Lined Valve
A ball, plug or butterfly valve whose body is internally lined, typically with PTFE or elastomer. The
lining is used to seal valve.
Lubricated Plug Valve

A plug valve having grooved seating areas and passage ways for lubricant and sealant injection. See
pressure balanced plug valve.
Page 176 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Lugged Pattern
Term for butterfly and check valves of wafer pattern which are provided with lugs through drilled for
flange bolting. Other terms used - lugged wafer pattern, wafer lugged pattern and single flanged valve.
Manual Control Valve

A valve for regulating flow or pressure which is not part of a feedback control loop. Globe, needle, ball,
butterfly and diaphragm valves are extensively used.
Manual Operation
A valve supplied for operation by hand.
Manual Override
Operation by handwheel of a powered actuator in the event of power failure and for setting of the actuator
travel stops, etc.
Manual Valve Operator

A valve operator consisting of a hand lever, handwheel, or T bar.
Mechanically Seated Valve

A valve designed to achieve primary seating by application of mechanical force (e.g., expanding gate
valve, wedge gate valve, expanding plug valve, globe valve, butterfly valve).
Metal Seated Valve

See hard seated valve.
Mixing Valve
A control valve, usually self-operating which uses a control element to regulate flow from more than one
input. Multi-port designs (e.g., globe type) may be used to mix different fluids and are sometimes called
blending valves. Mixing valves are also used for temperature control in conjunction with a thermostat.
Modulating Safety Valve

A pilot operated valve designed to modulate opening according to the degree of overpressure.
Needle Valve
A globe valve with a conical plug (needle) closing into a small seat. Used for flow metering and damping
pressure fluctuations on instruments (e.g., pressure gauges). Also called an instrument valve.
Nominal Diameter (DN) and Nominal Pipe Size (NPS)

A number denoting the size of a pipe, fitting or valve. Units of DN is millimetres, units of NPS is inches.
The actual bore may vary considerably from the DN or NPS designation.
Non-lubricated Plug Valve

A plug valve not depending on the injection of lubricant or sealant for operation and seating (e.g., lined
and sleeved plug valves and lifting plug valves).
Non-rising Stem
See inside screw non-rising stem.
Page 177 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Nozzle Check Valve

See axial flow valve.
Oblique Pattern
A globe valve body pattern with the closure at an angle to the port to reduce pressure drop. Also called a
“Y” pattern valve.
Obturator
The final component of the valve drive train regulating the flow or pressure and closing against the seat,
(e.g., ball, disk, gate, piston or plug). Synonymous with closure member.
Outlet Port
The port connected directly to the downstream pipework.
Outside Screw and Yoke (OS&Y)

A rising stem design for linear action valves (gate and globe). The threaded portion of the stem is outside
the valve body and isolated from the process media by the gland packing. The stem is operated by a
threaded nut in the yoke.
Outside Screw, Rising Stem

See outside screw and yoke.
Overall Height
Valve height plus the distance below the valve bore centreline to the base of the valve.
Overlay
Fusion welded alloy applied to valve bodies (for corrosion resistance) and trim (for wear resistance).
Overpressure
A safety valve term for pressure increase above the set pressure after the valve has lifted (expressed as
percentage of set pressure).
Packing
The material used to effect a seal between the valve stem and the bonnet in a packed gland valve.
Packing Assembly
The gland, gland follower, packing nut, and packing components of a valve.
Packing Box Assembly

The bonnet gland stuffing box and packing assembly used to seal against leakage from the valve body
stem area.
Parallel Gate Valve

A gate valve with a parallel faced, sliding gate or disk closure. Typically slab gate, parallel slide gate and
expanding gate.
Parallel Plug Valve

A valve with a cylindrical plug closure; various methods of sealing are used (i.e., lubricated, expanding
plug, eccentric and O-ring sealed designs).
Page 178 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Parallel Slide Valve

A parallel gate valve incorporating two disks separated by a spring. Generally used for power generation
and steam service applications.
Particulate
Small solid contaminants in the process fluid which may be abrasive and damaging to the valve
performance.
Penstock Valve
A gate valve with the gate mounted in a frame fixed to a wall or bulkhead. Used for handling large
volumes of low pressure water. Also called a sluice valve.
Pig-Ball Valve
A ball valve designed to hold and launch or receive pigs or spheres.
Piggable Valve
A full bore block valve suitable for the passage of pigs and spheres. Valves used are trunnion mounted
ball valves and conduit gate valves of slab and expanding design.
Pilot Operated Safety Valve

A valve comprising of a main valve and a pilot valve. The pilot valve senses the pressure of the system
and, when opened, vents pressure from a cylinder which normally holds the main valve closed.
Pinch Valve
A valve in which the closure is a flexible tube, either exposed or enclosed in a body. The tube is pinched
to close mechanically or by application of control fluid pressure between the body and the tube.
Piston Check Valve

A check valve with a free or spring loaded piston closure.
Piston Valve
A globe valve in which a cylindrical obturator enters or withdraws from a seat bore to start, stop or
regulate flow. The seat bore contains packing to effect a seal against the obturator. In addition to the
standard straight pattern design, other variants are available (e.g., tank bottom outlet valves and sampling
valves).
Plate Check Valve

A valve having an arrangement of metallic or plastic plates allowing forward flow but preventing reverse
flow. Used for air and gas compressors.
Plug
A valve obturator which may be of tapered or cylindrical shape.
Plug Valve
A quarter turn, rotary action valve in which the obturator is a plug closing against a downstream seat.
PN Rating
A meaningless number denoting a range of temperature and pressure combinations at which a valve may
be used.
Page 179 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Poppet Valve
A linear action valve (derivative of globe valve) in which the closure is a stem mounted disk often with an
angled edge closing on an angled seat. Frequently found solenoid operated in control systems.
Port
A passage through a component (i.e., the inlet and outlet through an open valve). Also, sometimes, the
valve seat opening.
Preferred Flow Direction

A term for a design of valve where line pressure aids closure in one direction and tends to unseat from the
other direction. Valves with preferred flow directions include butterfly, eccentric ball and eccentric plug
valves.
Pressure Balanced Plug Valves

A lubricated plug valve having internal passageways pressurised by the process fluid in order to reduce
operating friction and make it more predictable.
Pressure Control Valve

An automatic valve with a pressure sensing element to control pressure within specified limits. (see
pressure maintaining valve, pressure reducing valve).
Pressure Differential
See differential pressure.
Pressure Drop
The pressure lost between the inlet and the outlet of an open valve owing to its resistance to flow.
Pressure Energized Seat

A floating seat with limited movement that is energised by line pressure against the obturator. Common in
trunnion mounted ball valves and slab gate valves.
Pressure Maintaining Valve

A control valve that maintains the level of upstream line pressure. Also called a back pressure controller.
Pressure Reducing Valve

An automatic control valve that reduces the upstream line pressure to a set level downstream and
maintains the reduced pressure irrespective of changes in upstream pressure.
Pressure Relief Valve

See safety valve.
Pressure Sealed Bonnet

A valve in which the bonnet is in the form of a cylindrical plug retained inside the valve body by a
segmented ring which reacts the pressure load on the bonnet and transfers to the valve body. Sealing is
provided by a separate gasket.
Pressure/Vacuum Safety Valve

A valve that automatically releases excess pressure or admits pressure to prevent a vacuum forming when
filling or emptying a pipeline or tank.
Page 180 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Raised Face Flange (RF Flange)

A pipe flange or valve body flange where the gasket contact surface is raised relative to the flange face.
Raised Face Gasket (RF Gasket)

A gasket with dimensions matching a RF flange face.
Reduced Bore
A valve in which the diameter of the flow passage is reduced at the seat. Generally the reduction is to the
next standard pipe size down. Saves weight, size and cost at the expense of additional pressure drop. (See
venturi valve).
Regular Pattern
A U.S. term for a valve design in common usage as opposed to less common designs. Also specifically
used for plug valves in which the port commonly used is trapezoidal. Synonymous with standard pattern.
Relief Valve
Also known as a pressure relief valve or safety valve. Strictly a design of safety valve that is direct acting
and intended for liquid service only. Designs include full lift relief valve and modulating relief valve.
Reseating Pressure
The pressure at which a pressure relief valve or safety valve reseats after discharge.
Resistance Coefficient
A coefficient defining the friction loss through a valve in terms of velocity head or velocity pressure.
Reverse Acting Gate

A term used for conduit gate valves in which the gate(s) is ported through the upper half so that the gate is
raised to close. This design utilises internal pressure to close the valve and therefore minimises the size of
actuators for shutdown valves etc. Also avoids problems in closing as a result of any solids/particulate
which may have entered the body cavity where the process fluid is dirty.
Ring Type Joint Flange (RTJ Flange)

A pipe or valve body flange having a machined groove into which a metal ring gasket is fitted.
Ring Type Joint Gasket

A metal ring gasket of oval or octagonal section.
Rising Stem
Valves in which the stem (but not necessarily the handwheel) rises during valve opening.
Rotary Disk Valve

A form of quarter turn gate valve design in which an offset shaft slides a disk shaped obturator across the
valve seat to open or close. Upstream pressure loads the disk against its seat. Also called a rotary gate
valve and a lever gate valve when manually operated by a lever.
Rotary Valve
A general term sometimes used to describe valves with a rotary action (e.g., ball, butterfly, plug valves).
The term is also used specifically for a design of valve used to dose precise quantities of powders on
liquids into a process stream. The obturator is machined with a series of cups to hold the dose and may be
Page 181 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
continuously rotated through 360 degrees or reciprocated through 180 degrees to provide dosing. A
particular design is the cup ball valve typically used in chemical plants.
Rubber Lined Butterfly Valve

A quarter turn rotary action valve of conventional design in which the disk is mounted concentrically with
the shaft axis. The rubber lining of the body forms the valve seat. The lining may be vulcanised to the
body or be replaceable in the form of a lining or insert.
Rubber Seated Wedge Gate Valve

A valve with a rubber coated wedge closure that seals against the valve seat. This design eliminates the
cavity in the bottom of the valve but is limited by pressure and temperature.
Running Torque or Force

The torque or force required to stroke a valve over the majority of its travel. This torque or force is always
less than the breakout and closing torque/force.
Safety Relief Valve

A direct acting pressure-relief valve intended for gas, vapour and liquid service.
Safety Valve
In Europe a term for any automatic valve that relieves overpressure in a pressurised system. In the USA, it
is specifically a full lift pressure-relief valve intended for gas service only. Also sometimes used for
valves which perform a safety related function (e.g., shut-down valves).
Sampling Valve
A globe valve intended for taking samples from a vessel or piping system. Usually mounted on the bottom
of a vessel or pipe (see piston valve).
Screwed Bonnet
A bonnet screwed into the valve body rather than flanged or bolted. Generally used on small bore low
pressure valves for non-hazardous industrial applications. The bonnet is sometimes seal welded to prevent
external leakage from the threaded portion.
Screwed (Threaded) End

A valve (and pipe) with ends machined with an internal or external screw thread.
Screwed (Threaded) Gland

A gland with an external screw thread and screwed into the bonnet stuffing box, rather than flanged and
bolted. Generally used on small bore valve (e.g., instrument valves). A locking device is sometimes fitted
to prevent rotation in service due to vibration or other cause.
Sealant Injection
The injection through a non-return valve of a viscous sealing compound to seal the stem and/or seats of a
valve either by design (lubricated plug valve) or for use in an emergency.
Seat
The part of a valve against which the obturator is loaded to provide shut-off and through which process
fluid flows in the open position. The seat may comprise one or more components of metallic or non-
metallic materials.
Page 182 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Seat Bush
See seat ring.
Seat Contact Pressure

The force per unit area required to prevent leakage across the contact surface of a valve seat and obturator.
May be applied by line pressure and/or mechanical force.
Seat Holder
A metallic component, usually corrosion resistant, with a seat insert of another material (e.g., elastomer or
polymer). Specifically the term is used for valves with floating seat designs. Seat holders are typically
used in trunnion mounted ball valves and slab (parallel) gate valves.
Seat Housing
The counter bone in the body of floating seat valve in which the seat holder is located.
Seat Insert
A ring shaped sealing element generally of elastomer or polymer that is fitted in a seat holder, seat ring or
closure. Also called a soft seat insert.
Seat Pocket
A general term for the counterbore(s) within a valve body that house or locate a seat holder or seat ring.
Seat pockets may be left plain or overlaid in corrosion resistant materials when required.
Seat Ring
Synonymous with seat where this is a separate component from the valve body.
Seat Supported Ball Valve

See floating ball valve.
Seat to Body Seal

The seal preventing leakage around an inserted seat. In fixed seat valves the seal usually depends on a
screwed or swaged joint. In floating seat valves a dynamic seal (O-ring, etc.) is required to allow float of
the seat assembly.
Set Pressure
The pressure at which a pressure relief valve opens.
Shaft
Synonymous with stem but usually associated with rotary valves.
Short Pattern Valve

Valve in which the face to face dimension is less than normal. Several standards include short pattern
dimensions for different types of valves. Generally, valves are of reduced bore.
Shut-off Valve
A valve designed to operate either fully open or fully closed, and not at intermediate positions.
Page 183 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Side Entry Ball Valve

Strictly, a two or three piece body ball valve in which the ball is assembled via the bore of one of the body
pieces. The term is often used interchangeably with End Entry.
Single Flanged Valve

Normally a wafer pattern valve provided with lugs for bolting to pipe flanges.
Single Piece Ball Valve

A ball valve with the body in one piece, the ball being assembled from one end and held by a retainer ring
which may also include a valve seat. Generally used for small bore valves.
Size
The size of a valve usually refers to the nominal size (DN or NPS) of the connecting piping. Sometimes
the actual internal diameter is given (e.g., for wellhead gate valves). Reduced bore/venturi valves normally
reference the size of the reduced internal diameter (e.g., 6 in x 4 in NPS). See also full bore/part and
reduced bore.
Slab Gate Valve

A conduit gate valve with a single parallel sided gate normally sealed by floating seats, line pressure
energised with supplementary mechanical loading (springs) at low pressure. Fixed seats are sometimes
used for small bore valves.
Sleeved Plug Valve

As a lined plug valve except that the sleeve of PTFE or similar polymer material is machined and press
fitted or keyed into the valve body rather than moulded in place.
Slide Valve
A general term for the knife gate valve and the parallel slide valve but, specifically, the term is used for
specialised parallel gate valves working at high temperature and low pressure on FCCUs in refineries.
Valve bodies are normally internally insulated.
Slurry
A product consisting of solids mixed with liquid to assist transportation through piping systems. The
solids vary widely and may be abrasive, non-abrasive, hard or fibrous materials.
Small Bore Valve

A term generally used for valves of NPS 2 and less.
Socket Weld End

A valve with counterbored end(s) into which piping is fitted and fillet welded to make a joint.
Soft Seat Insert

See seat insert.
Soft Seated Valve

A valve with primary seating elements manufactured from elastomer or polymer.
Page 184 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Soft Seated Wedge Gate Valves

A wedge gate valve in which primary soft seating is used. Seating may be a solid PTFE seat, or a soft seat
insert, either in the valve body or in the wedge gate closure.
Solenoid Valve
A linear action block valve, generally of globe type, fitted with a solenoid actuator. Generally quick
operating.
Solid Wedge Disc

A disc or wedge of one piece.
Split Wedge Gate

Gate valve having a wedge comprising two separate halves in order to provide flexibility and resistance to
thermal wedging.
Stem
The component of a valve which transmits force or torque from the operator to the obturator.
Stop Check or Screw Down Non-Return Valve

A valve which automatically closes when flow reverses and which can be screwed down into a stop or
closed position.
Stuffing Box
The gland packing chamber within a valve bonnet.
Swing Check Valve

A valve which has an obturator comprising swinging disc that opens with forward flow and closes
automatically when forward flow ceases.
“T” Bar
A lever handle extending on both sides of the stem/shaft centre line.
Throttling
Regulation of pressure or flow across a valve.
Trim
Internal components isolating or regulating the flow (e.g., wetted parts). Includes seating surfaces,
obturator, cage, stem, bearings, guides and associated parts.
Unidirectional Valve
A valve designed to seal in only one flow direction.
Upstream Seated Valve

A valve that when closed, seals by line pressure acting on the upstream seat.
V Port Plug or Ball

A type of valve closure member (plug or ball) having a ‘V’ shaped orifice giving good throttling
characteristics.
Page 185 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Valve Closure Member

Synonymous with obturator.
Valve Operator
The valve part or parts by means of which a force is applied to move the obturator.
Valve Port
Usually the passages adjacent to the inlet or outlet openings of the valve.
Venturi Throat Valve

A valve having a reduced port opening at the seat and a graduated transition to the valve ends. Intended to
minimise pressure drop through the valve.
Wiper Ring
A ring which removes extraneous material (e.g., from a gate valve stem) by a wiping action in order to
protect the stem seal.
Y Type Globe Valve

See oblique pattern.
Yoke
That part of a valve which connects the valve actuator to the valve body and reacts the force on the stem.
Yoke bush
A screwed brush, retained in the yoke (often in bearings) to which the hand-wheel or actuator is
connected. Is threaded onto the valve stem so that rotation of the bush causes valve stem to move up or
down.
Page 186 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Annex B
(Informative)
EEMUA recommended valve test requirements
Nomenclature: Y -= Test recommended A = Discretionary according to service conditions

N = Test not recommended T = Type Test
Test Description Commodity Valves Critical Service Valves
Gate Globe But’fly Plug Ball Gate Globe But’fly Plug Ball
Shell Strength (liquid) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Shell Tightness (liquid) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2 2 2 2 2
Shell Tightness (LP Gas) N N N N N A A A A A
3
Hp Seat (liquid) Y Y Y Y A Y Y Y Y Y
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Lp Seat (gas) A A A A Y A A A A Y
4 2, 5 2, 5 2, 5 2, 5 2, 5
Hp Seat (gas) N N N N N A A A A A
6
Orturator Strength (liquid/gas) N N N N N N N Y N N
5 5
HP Backseat (liquid) Y Y N N N Y Y N N N
LP Backseat (gas) N N N N N N N N N N
Operability (function) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
5 5 5 5 5
Torque/Force Measurement N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y
7 7 7 7
Anti-Static N N N Y Y N N N Y Y
8 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9 7, 9
Fire Test Y N Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
5, 10 5, 10 5 5, 10 5, 10 5
Body Cavity Relief Test Y N N Y Y Y N N Y Y
Notes:
1. Wedge gate, expending gate and slab gate.
2. Gas service applications. Allowable leak rate for HP test should be agreed with manufacturer: is normally several times LP rate.
3. Strongly recommended if sealing force is mechanical (e.g., ‘Orbit’ type valves).
4. May be substituted for HP liquid seat test.
5. Sample.
6. “A” for sizes below DN 350 (NPS 14).
7. Type test.
8. Not applicable to buried or subsea valves.
9. If polymer or Elastomer seals employed.
10. Only types which can lock liquid inside body cavity when in closed position, and which may subsequently be heated.
Page 187 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Annex C
(Normative)
Minimum design rules for the design of valve to actuator mountings,
including valve drive train calculations
C.1 Scope
a. This annex defines minimum requirements for design rules for the strength of mounting
brackets, spools and bolting used to connect valves to actuators. Manufacturers and design
standards may require additional requirements over these minimum values.
Note that most design codes do not cover the detail of valve to actuator mounting
adequately and there have been recorded failures.
b. The following issues are addressed:
1. Valve bonnet/top plate to valve body design.
2. Valve top plate to actuator design.
3. Actuator mounting stool design.
4. Valve Stem, actuator drive adapter and other cylindrical parts under torsional loads,
driven by keys or splines.
C.2 Load conditions
a. In all calculations the design pressure used shall be the ambient temperature class rating
pressure of the valve, or when agreed, the maximum service pressure.
b. The design torque shall be the maximum value of torque that can be delivered by the actuator,
for all load conditions, based on maximum hydraulic/pneumatic supply pressure and/or spring
maximum output.
C.3 Component design
C.3.1 Valve bonnet/top plate to body design

a. The design may be either by bolts only or a combination of bolts and dowels.
b. For pressure containing bolting (i.e., without torque loading), the bolting design must comply
with the valve design standard (i.e., either ASME B16.34 or the specified pressure vessel
code).
c. When bolting is required to resist the torque reaction of the actuator in addition to providing a
pressure containment function, the following conditions shall apply:
1. Maximum bolt stress/preload shall be 50 percent of yield.
2. Bolt stress shall produce a clamping load sufficient to hold the top plate/bonnet in a
stable and secure position on the valve body and without movement. The torque reaction
shall be considered to act at the bolting circle and the maximum coefficient of friction
used for design purposes shall be 0.2. The valve design pressure shall be assumed to act
simultaneously with the maximum torque.
Note this design is generally in accordance with ISO 5211.
Page 188 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
3. Bolting used for pressure containment shall not be exposed to shear stress across the
threaded section by actuator torque.
d. Bolts used for actuator loads only (i.e., no pressure containment) shall be designed on the basis
of:
1. Maximum tensile stress/preload is 50 percent of yield.
2. Bolt stress shall produce a clamping load sufficient to hold the top plate/bonnet in a
stable and secure position on the valve body and without movement. The torque reaction
shall be considered to act at the bolting circle and the maximum coefficient of friction
used for design purposes shall be 0.2.
e. If dowels are used in the design of the valve the following rules shall apply:
1. The dowel load shall be assumed to act on the dowel PCD.
2. The maximum allowable shear stress acting across the dowel shall be 0.5 x the tensile
yield stress of the dowel material.
3. The bearing stress of the dowel in the machined hole shall be calculated for all parts
including housings and dowels. The maximum allowable stress shall be tensile yield for
all parts. (Note that the dowel housing is likely to have lower yield strength than the
dowels).
f. If bolts and dowels are used in parallel, the load capacity of the dowels and the load capacity
of bolting may be summed.
C.3.2 Valve top plate to actuator design

a. The mounting plate should comply with ISO 5211 where sizes are applicable. The torque
capability of ISO 5211 shall be adopted where ISO 5211 flanges are used.
b. For other sizes of top plate flange, the design shall be based on the following assumptions:
1. Maximum bolt tensile stress/preload shall be 50 percent yield.
2. The torque shall be assumed to react at either the bolt PCD if the flange is flat face, or at
the mean raised face diameter when the flange is raised face.
3. The maximum coefficient of friction used for torque transfer shall be 0.2.
4. Where dowels are used, the design rules in C.3.1 shall apply.
C.3.3 Valve stem, actuator drive adapter and other cylindrical parts under torsional loads,
driven by keys or splines
a. Plain torsional sections shall be calculated using standard shear stress formula.
b. The maximum shear stress of plain sections under design actuator output shall be 0.53 x
tensile yield stress.
c. Keyed sections shall be analysed by Roark methods or alternative agreed design methods. For
calculations conducted in accordance with the keyed shaft sections of Roark, the maximum
allowable shear stress shall be 58 percent of the tensile yield of the stem or adapter material.
For other agreed methods, the reduction of the section due to the key shall be at least 10
percent of the section modulus for one key and 15 percent for two keys.
d. The allowable shear stress across key sections shall be 0.53 x tensile yield stress.
Page 189 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
e. The allowable bearing stress on the sides of keys and the mating surfaces of the stem and/or
adapter shall be yield stress of the relevant material.
f. The use of fillet welds in drive adapters shall be avoided. Where welds are used, the design
shall be based on a maximum allowable shear stress of 0.53 x tensile yield stress, and a
maximum joint efficiency factor 0.7 shall be used.
g. Splined shafts shall be designed on the basis of calculating shear stress based on the minimum
section. The maximum allowable shear stress shall be 0.58 x tensile yield.
h. The maximum allowable bearing stresses on the sides of splines shall be tensile yield of the
relevant materials.
i. For linear actuated valves (typically slab and expanding type gate valves), Table C-1 shall
apply.
Due to the many variations of drive train designs, this document only sets out the design
basis for the allowable stresses for the components.
Table C-1 - Allowable stresses for components
Item Load Case Allowable Stress Notes

Bolting Pressure only As per design code
Bolting in drive train Combined pressure plus 50 percent of SMYS of
maximum actuator bolts
loading
Components in Maximum actuator 2/3 SMYS of
tension in drive train, loading components
other than welds
Components in Maximum actuator 53 percent of SMYS Based on 0.8 x
shear in drive train, loading 0.67 SMYS
other than welds (similar to ASME
VIII)
Components in Maximum actuator output SMYS Based on 1.5 x
bending in drive 0.67 SMYS
train, other than (similar to ASME
welds VIII)
Fillet welds in shear Maximum actuator output As components in
in drive train shear, except joint
efficiency of 70
percent shall be used
Butt welds in tension Maximum actuator output As components in In common with
tension except joint ASME VIII
efficiency of 70
percent if not
subjected to
radiography or 100
percent if subject to
radiography
Components Maximum actuator output SMYS
exposed to bearing
stress
Components in Maximum actuator output SMYS, but also shafts
compression and stems shall be
checked for Euler
buckling
Page 190 of 191

Rev. 2 11 May 2012 DWGOM GP 62-01-1
Bibliography
[1] BP, GN 62-028 (TB0028), Avoiding Gas Decompression Damage of Rubber Seals.
[2] Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (ISA), ISA 93.00.01, Standard Method for the
Evaluation of External Leakage of Manual and Automated On-Off Valves.
[3] Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS), MSS SP-81, Stainless
Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves.
[4] Verein Deutscher Ingenieure (VDI), VDI 2440, Emission control – Mineral oil refineries.
Page 191 of 191

Dwgom-Gp 62-01-1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dwgom-Gp 62-01-1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Document No.

6.8. Searching service ..................................................................................................... 57

9.11. Metal bellows .......................................................................................................... 151

Table 1 - Minimum size of valve body vent/bleed connections/valves ........................................... 22

Figure 1 - Isolation arrangement ................................................................................................... 19

Figure 26 - Lubricated taper plug valve ......................................................................................... 99

Copyright © 2012 BP International Ltd. All rights reserved.

GP 44-40 Isolation of Equipment for Maintenance and Emergency

American Petroleum Institute (API)

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM A744/A744M Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion

British Standards Institute (BSI)

Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association (EEMUA)

Euro Norm (EN)

International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS)

NACE International (NACE)

3. Terms and definitions

Double block and bleed valve (DBB)

Double isolation valve

Double isolation and bleed valve

Note: This feature can be provided in one direction or in both

Passive sealing action

Positive sealing action

4.1. Connection to piping

4.1.2. Welded ends

4.1.3. Compact flanges and clamp/hub connectors

4.1.4. Other connections

4.2. Construction/commissioning conditions

4.2.1. General requirements

4.2.2. Specific requirements

4.3. Maintenance considerations

4.3.2. Valves maintained in situ

4.3.3. Valves removed to a workshop for maintenance

4.3.4. Operational maintenance

4.3.4.1. Block valves

These valves require replenishment of the injected plug/body lubricant at regular

4.3.4.2. Check valves

4.4.1.1. Double block isolation

Figure 1 - Isolation arrangement

Note: The acceptability of any valve or valves for a given isolation is

4.4.1.2. Positive and passive sealing action

4.4.2. Positive versus passive sealing action

4.4.3. Double block isolation

Table 1 - Minimum size of valve body vent/bleed connections/valves

Nominal Size of Valve DN Nominal Size of

4.4.4. Pig launcher/receiver valves

4.5. Testing – general

4.5.1. Recommended factory acceptance tests

4.5.2. Recommended FAT seat leak rates

Table 2 - Recommended seat leak rates

L.P. Gas Seat Test

Figure 2 - Low pressure gas leak rate comparison

Gas Leak Rate Comparison

70 ISO 5208 Rate C

4.5.3. Test duration

Table 3 - Comparison of shell test times (minutes)

API 598-2009 and ISO 14313-2007 EN 12266-1 (2003)

Table 4 - Comparison of seat test times (minutes)

ISO-17292- ISO 5208- ISO 14313-2007

4.6. Specific additional tests

4.6.1. Single valves required for double isolation and function